+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+#include "avconfig.h"
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+# define AV_NE(be, le) (be)
+#else
+# define AV_NE(be, le) (le)
+#endif
+
+//rounded division & shift
+#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b))
+/* assume b>0 */
+#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b))
+/* assume a>0 and b>0 */
+#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \
+ : ((a) + (1<<(b)) - 1) >> (b))
+#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b))
+#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b))
+#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
+#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1)
+
+#define FFMAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#define FFMAX3(a,b,c) FFMAX(FFMAX(a,b),c)
+#define FFMIN(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a))
+#define FFMIN3(a,b,c) FFMIN(FFMIN(a,b),c)
+
+#define FFSWAP(type,a,b) do{type SWAP_tmp= b; b= a; a= SWAP_tmp;}while(0)
+#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0]))
+#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1))
+
+/* misc math functions */
+
+/**
+ * Reverse the order of the bits of an 8-bits unsigned integer.
+ */
+#if FF_API_AV_REVERSE
+extern attribute_deprecated const uint8_t av_reverse[256];
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+# include "config.h"
+# include "intmath.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Pull in unguarded fallback defines at the end of this file. */
+#include "common.h"
+
+#ifndef av_log2
+av_const int av_log2(unsigned v);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_log2_16bit
+av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
+ if (amin > amax) abort();
+#endif
+ if (a < amin) return amin;
+ else if (a > amax) return amax;
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, int64_t amax)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
+ if (amin > amax) abort();
+#endif
+ if (a < amin) return amin;
+ else if (a > amax) return amax;
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a)
+{
+ if (a&(~0xFF)) return (-a)>>31;
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a)
+{
+ if ((a+0x80) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F;
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a)
+{
+ if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (-a)>>31;
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a)
+{
+ if ((a+0x8000) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF;
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a)
+{
+ if ((a+0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF;
+ else return (int32_t)a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param p bit position to clip at
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p)
+{
+ if (a & ~((1<> 31 & ((1<
= 2
+ if (amin > amax) abort();
+#endif
+ if (a < amin) return amin;
+ else if (a > amax) return amax;
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a double value into the amin-amax range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const double av_clipd_c(double a, double amin, double amax)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
+ if (amin > amax) abort();
+#endif
+ if (a < amin) return amin;
+ else if (a > amax) return amax;
+ else return a;
+}
+
+/** Compute ceil(log2(x)).
+ * @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x))
+ * @return computed ceiling of log2(x)
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x)
+{
+ return av_log2((x - 1) << 1);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Count number of bits set to one in x
+ * @param x value to count bits of
+ * @return the number of bits set to one in x
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x)
+{
+ x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555;
+ x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333);
+ x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F;
+ x += x >> 8;
+ return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Count number of bits set to one in x
+ * @param x value to count bits of
+ * @return the number of bits set to one in x
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x)
+{
+ return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount(x >> 32);
+}
+
+#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d) ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24))
+#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24))
+
+/**
+ * Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
+ *
+ * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
+ * @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input.
+ * Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently
+ * assigned Unicode range). With a memory buffer
+ * input, this could be *ptr++.
+ * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
+ * typically a goto statement.
+ */
+#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\
+ val= GET_BYTE;\
+ {\
+ uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1;\
+ if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE)\
+ ERROR\
+ while (val & top) {\
+ int tmp= GET_BYTE - 128;\
+ if(tmp>>6)\
+ ERROR\
+ val= (val<<6) + tmp;\
+ top <<= 5;\
+ }\
+ val &= (top << 1) - 1;\
+ }
+
+/**
+ * Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
+ *
+ * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
+ * @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted
+ * to native byte order. Evaluated one or two times.
+ * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
+ * typically a goto statement.
+ */
+#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\
+ val = GET_16BIT;\
+ {\
+ unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800;\
+ if (hi < 0x800) {\
+ val = GET_16BIT - 0xDC00;\
+ if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU)\
+ ERROR\
+ val += (hi<<10) + 0x10000;\
+ }\
+ }\
+
+/**
+ * @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)
+ * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long).
+ * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
+ * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If
+ * val is given as a function it is executed only once.
+ * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It
+ * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
+ * output by PUT_BYTE.
+ * @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination.
+ * It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte.
+ * For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be
+ * executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to
+ * 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted
+ * Unicode character.
+ */
+#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)\
+ {\
+ int bytes, shift;\
+ uint32_t in = val;\
+ if (in < 0x80) {\
+ tmp = in;\
+ PUT_BYTE\
+ } else {\
+ bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5;\
+ shift = (bytes - 1) * 6;\
+ tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift);\
+ PUT_BYTE\
+ while (shift >= 6) {\
+ shift -= 6;\
+ tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f);\
+ PUT_BYTE\
+ }\
+ }\
+ }
+
+/**
+ * @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)
+ * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes).
+ * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
+ * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If
+ * val is given as a function it is executed only once.
+ * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It
+ * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
+ * output by PUT_16BIT.
+ * @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination
+ * in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp
+ * as the input byte. For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;"
+ * PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character.
+ */
+#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)\
+ {\
+ uint32_t in = val;\
+ if (in < 0x10000) {\
+ tmp = in;\
+ PUT_16BIT\
+ } else {\
+ tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10);\
+ PUT_16BIT\
+ tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF);\
+ PUT_16BIT\
+ }\
+ }\
+
+
+
+#include "mem.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+# include "internal.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */
+
+/*
+ * The following definitions are outside the multiple inclusion guard
+ * to ensure they are immediately available in intmath.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef av_ceil_log2
+# define av_ceil_log2 av_ceil_log2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip
+# define av_clip av_clip_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip64
+# define av_clip64 av_clip64_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_uint8
+# define av_clip_uint8 av_clip_uint8_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_int8
+# define av_clip_int8 av_clip_int8_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_uint16
+# define av_clip_uint16 av_clip_uint16_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_int16
+# define av_clip_int16 av_clip_int16_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clipl_int32
+# define av_clipl_int32 av_clipl_int32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_uintp2
+# define av_clip_uintp2 av_clip_uintp2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_add32
+# define av_sat_add32 av_sat_add32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_dadd32
+# define av_sat_dadd32 av_sat_dadd32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clipf
+# define av_clipf av_clipf_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clipd
+# define av_clipd av_clipd_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_popcount
+# define av_popcount av_popcount_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_popcount64
+# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c
+#endif
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/cpu.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/cpu.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H
+#define AVUTIL_CPU_H
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */
+
+ /* lower 16 bits - CPU features */
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX 0x0001 ///< standard MMX
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW 0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE 0x0008 ///< SSE functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT 0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM 0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX 0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP 0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions
+// #if LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR <52
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1001000 ///< supports cmov instruction
+// #else
+// #define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction
+// #endif
+
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard
+
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE (1 << 0)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 (1 << 1)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 (1 << 2)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP (1 << 3)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 (1 << 4)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5)
+
+/**
+ * Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU.
+ * The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used
+ * before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in a application to
+ * detect the enabled cpu flags.
+ */
+int av_get_cpu_flags(void);
+
+/**
+ * Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags.
+ * -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags.
+ */
+void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Set a mask on flags returned by av_get_cpu_flags().
+ * This function is mainly useful for testing.
+ * Please use av_force_cpu_flags() and av_get_cpu_flags() instead which are more flexible
+ *
+ * @warning this function is not thread safe.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated void av_set_cpu_flags_mask(int mask);
+
+/**
+ * Parse CPU flags from a string.
+ *
+ * The returned flags contain the specified flags as well as related unspecified flags.
+ *
+ * This function exists only for compatibility with libav.
+ * Please use av_parse_cpu_caps() when possible.
+ * @return a combination of AV_CPU_* flags, negative on error.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_parse_cpu_flags(const char *s);
+
+/**
+ * Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that.
+ *
+ * @return negative on error.
+ */
+int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned *flags, const char *s);
+
+/* The following CPU-specific functions shall not be called directly. */
+int ff_get_cpu_flags_arm(void);
+int ff_get_cpu_flags_ppc(void);
+int ff_get_cpu_flags_x86(void);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/crc.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/crc.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CRC_H
+#define AVUTIL_CRC_H
+
+#include
+#include
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+typedef uint32_t AVCRC;
+
+typedef enum {
+ AV_CRC_8_ATM,
+ AV_CRC_16_ANSI,
+ AV_CRC_16_CCITT,
+ AV_CRC_32_IEEE,
+ AV_CRC_32_IEEE_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_32_IEEE */
+ AV_CRC_MAX, /*< Not part of public API! Do not use outside libavutil. */
+}AVCRCId;
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a CRC table.
+ * @param ctx must be an array of size sizeof(AVCRC)*257 or sizeof(AVCRC)*1024
+ * @param le If 1, the lowest bit represents the coefficient for the highest
+ * exponent of the corresponding polynomial (both for poly and
+ * actual CRC).
+ * If 0, you must swap the CRC parameter and the result of av_crc
+ * if you need the standard representation (can be simplified in
+ * most cases to e.g. bswap16):
+ * av_bswap32(crc << (32-bits))
+ * @param bits number of bits for the CRC
+ * @param poly generator polynomial without the x**bits coefficient, in the
+ * representation as specified by le
+ * @param ctx_size size of ctx in bytes
+ * @return <0 on failure
+ */
+int av_crc_init(AVCRC *ctx, int le, int bits, uint32_t poly, int ctx_size);
+
+/**
+ * Get an initialized standard CRC table.
+ * @param crc_id ID of a standard CRC
+ * @return a pointer to the CRC table or NULL on failure
+ */
+const AVCRC *av_crc_get_table(AVCRCId crc_id);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the CRC of a block.
+ * @param crc CRC of previous blocks if any or initial value for CRC
+ * @return CRC updated with the data from the given block
+ *
+ * @see av_crc_init() "le" parameter
+ */
+uint32_t av_crc(const AVCRC *ctx, uint32_t crc,
+ const uint8_t *buffer, size_t length) av_pure;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CRC_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/dict.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/dict.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Public dictionary API.
+ * @deprecated
+ * AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in
+ * implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is
+ * extremely slow with large dictionaries.
+ * It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h
+ * where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H
+#define AVUTIL_DICT_H
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @brief Simple key:value store
+ *
+ * @{
+ * Dictionaries are used for storing key:value pairs. To create
+ * an AVDictionary, simply pass an address of a NULL pointer to
+ * av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary wherever
+ * a pointer to an AVDictionary is required.
+ * Use av_dict_get() to retrieve an entry or iterate over all
+ * entries and finally av_dict_free() to free the dictionary
+ * and all its contents.
+ *
+ * @code
+ * AVDictionary *d = NULL; // "create" an empty dictionary
+ * av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry
+ *
+ * char *k = av_strdup("key"); // if your strings are already allocated,
+ * char *v = av_strdup("value"); // you can avoid copying them like this
+ * av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL);
+ *
+ * AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL;
+ * while (t = av_dict_get(d, "", t, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) {
+ * <....> // iterate over all entries in d
+ * }
+ *
+ * av_dict_free(&d);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ */
+
+#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE 1
+#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX 2
+#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4 /**< Take ownership of a key that's been
+ allocated with av_malloc() and children. */
+#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8 /**< Take ownership of a value that's been
+ allocated with av_malloc() and chilren. */
+#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 ///< Don't overwrite existing entries.
+#define AV_DICT_APPEND 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no
+ delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */
+
+typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry {
+ char *key;
+ char *value;
+} AVDictionaryEntry;
+
+typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Get a dictionary entry with matching key.
+ *
+ * @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next.
+ * If set to NULL the first matching element is returned.
+ * @param flags Allows case as well as suffix-insensitive comparisons.
+ * @return Found entry or NULL, changing key or value leads to undefined behavior.
+ */
+AVDictionaryEntry *
+av_dict_get(AVDictionary *m, const char *key, const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Get number of entries in dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param m dictionary
+ * @return number of entries in dictionary
+ */
+int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m);
+
+/**
+ * Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry.
+ *
+ * @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL
+ * a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm.
+ * @param key entry key to add to *pm (will be av_strduped depending on flags)
+ * @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped depending on flags).
+ * Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted.
+ * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0
+ */
+int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the key/value pairs list and add to a dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * key from value
+ * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * two pairs from each other
+ * @param flags flags to use when adding to dictionary.
+ * AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL
+ * are ignored since the key/value tokens will always
+ * be duplicated.
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary **pm, const char *str,
+ const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep,
+ int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another.
+ * @param dst pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct. If *dst is NULL,
+ * this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst
+ * @param src pointer to source AVDictionary struct
+ * @param flags flags to use when setting entries in *dst
+ * @note metadata is read using the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag
+ */
+void av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, AVDictionary *src, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct
+ * and all keys and values.
+ */
+void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/error.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/error.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * error code definitions
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H
+#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H
+
+#include
+#include
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_error
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/* error handling */
+#if EDOM > 0
+#define AVERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions.
+#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value.
+#else
+/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */
+#define AVERROR(e) (e)
+#define AVUNERROR(e) (e)
+#endif
+
+#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d))
+
+#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'B','S','F') ///< Bitstream filter not found
+#define AVERROR_BUG FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G','!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2
+#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL FFERRTAG( 'B','U','F','S') ///< Buffer too small
+#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','C') ///< Decoder not found
+#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','M') ///< Demuxer not found
+#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'E','N','C') ///< Encoder not found
+#define AVERROR_EOF FFERRTAG( 'E','O','F',' ') ///< End of file
+#define AVERROR_EXIT FFERRTAG( 'E','X','I','T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted
+#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL FFERRTAG( 'E','X','T',' ') ///< Generic error in an external library
+#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'F','I','L') ///< Filter not found
+#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA FFERRTAG( 'I','N','D','A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input
+#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'M','U','X') ///< Muxer not found
+#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'O','P','T') ///< Option not found
+#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME FFERRTAG( 'P','A','W','E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome
+#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'P','R','O') ///< Protocol not found
+
+#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'S','T','R') ///< Stream not found
+/**
+ * This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG
+ * it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value.
+ */
+#define AVERROR_BUG2 FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G',' ')
+#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN FFERRTAG( 'U','N','K','N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library
+#define AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL (-0x2bb2afa8) ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it.
+
+#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64
+
+/**
+ * Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf.
+ * In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the
+ * error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic
+ * error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf.
+ *
+ * @param errnum error code to describe
+ * @param errbuf buffer to which description is written
+ * @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum
+ * cannot be found
+ */
+int av_strerror(int errnum, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size);
+
+/**
+ * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string
+ * corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum.
+ *
+ * @param errbuf a buffer
+ * @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf
+ * @param errnum error code to describe
+ * @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description
+ * @see av_strerror()
+ */
+static inline char *av_make_error_string(char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size, int errnum)
+{
+ av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size);
+ return errbuf;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in
+ * function arguments but never stand-alone.
+ */
+#define av_err2str(errnum) \
+ av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/eval.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/eval.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * simple arithmetic expression evaluator
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_EVAL_H
+#define AVUTIL_EVAL_H
+
+#include "avutil.h"
+
+typedef struct AVExpr AVExpr;
+
+/**
+ * Parse and evaluate an expression.
+ * Note, this is significantly slower than av_expr_eval().
+ *
+ * @param res a pointer to a double where is put the result value of
+ * the expression, or NAN in case of error
+ * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)"
+ * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0}
+ * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from const_names
+ * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers
+ * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument
+ * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers
+ * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments
+ * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2
+ * @param log_ctx parent logging context
+ * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_expr_parse_and_eval(double *res, const char *s,
+ const char * const *const_names, const double *const_values,
+ const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
+ const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
+ void *opaque, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Parse an expression.
+ *
+ * @param expr a pointer where is put an AVExpr containing the parsed
+ * value in case of successful parsing, or NULL otherwise.
+ * The pointed to AVExpr must be freed with av_expr_free() by the user
+ * when it is not needed anymore.
+ * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)"
+ * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0}
+ * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers
+ * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument
+ * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers
+ * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments
+ * @param log_ctx parent logging context
+ * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_expr_parse(AVExpr **expr, const char *s,
+ const char * const *const_names,
+ const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
+ const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
+ int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Evaluate a previously parsed expression.
+ *
+ * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from av_expr_parse() const_names
+ * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2
+ * @return the value of the expression
+ */
+double av_expr_eval(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque);
+
+/**
+ * Free a parsed expression previously created with av_expr_parse().
+ */
+void av_expr_free(AVExpr *e);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the string in numstr and return its value as a double. If
+ * the string is empty, contains only whitespaces, or does not contain
+ * an initial substring that has the expected syntax for a
+ * floating-point number, no conversion is performed. In this case,
+ * returns a value of zero and the value returned in tail is the value
+ * of numstr.
+ *
+ * @param numstr a string representing a number, may contain one of
+ * the International System number postfixes, for example 'K', 'M',
+ * 'G'. If 'i' is appended after the postfix, powers of 2 are used
+ * instead of powers of 10. The 'B' postfix multiplies the value for
+ * 8, and can be appended after another postfix or used alone. This
+ * allows using for example 'KB', 'MiB', 'G' and 'B' as postfix.
+ * @param tail if non-NULL puts here the pointer to the char next
+ * after the last parsed character
+ */
+double av_strtod(const char *numstr, char **tail);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_EVAL_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/fifo.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/fifo.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * a very simple circular buffer FIFO implementation
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_FIFO_H
+#define AVUTIL_FIFO_H
+
+#include
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+typedef struct AVFifoBuffer {
+ uint8_t *buffer;
+ uint8_t *rptr, *wptr, *end;
+ uint32_t rndx, wndx;
+} AVFifoBuffer;
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * @param size of FIFO
+ * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure
+ */
+AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc(unsigned int size);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free
+ */
+void av_fifo_free(AVFifoBuffer *f);
+
+/**
+ * Reset the AVFifoBuffer to the state right after av_fifo_alloc, in particular it is emptied.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to reset
+ */
+void av_fifo_reset(AVFifoBuffer *f);
+
+/**
+ * Return the amount of data in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the
+ * amount of data you can read from it.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
+ * @return size
+ */
+int av_fifo_size(AVFifoBuffer *f);
+
+/**
+ * Return the amount of space in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the
+ * amount of data you can write into it.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write into
+ * @return size
+ */
+int av_fifo_space(AVFifoBuffer *f);
+
+/**
+ * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
+ * @param buf_size number of bytes to read
+ * @param func generic read function
+ * @param dest data destination
+ */
+int av_fifo_generic_read(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
+
+/**
+ * Feed data from a user-supplied callback to an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write to
+ * @param src data source; non-const since it may be used as a
+ * modifiable context by the function defined in func
+ * @param size number of bytes to write
+ * @param func generic write function; the first parameter is src,
+ * the second is dest_buf, the third is dest_buf_size.
+ * func must return the number of bytes written to dest_buf, or <= 0 to
+ * indicate no more data available to write.
+ * If func is NULL, src is interpreted as a simple byte array for source data.
+ * @return the number of bytes written to the FIFO
+ */
+int av_fifo_generic_write(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *src, int size, int (*func)(void*, void*, int));
+
+/**
+ * Resize an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged.
+ *
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize
+ * @param size new AVFifoBuffer size in bytes
+ * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_fifo_realloc2(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int size);
+
+/**
+ * Enlarge an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged.
+ * The new fifo size may be larger than the requested size.
+ *
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize
+ * @param additional_space the amount of space in bytes to allocate in addition to av_fifo_size()
+ * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_fifo_grow(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int additional_space);
+
+/**
+ * Read and discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
+ * @param size amount of data to read in bytes
+ */
+void av_fifo_drain(AVFifoBuffer *f, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Return a pointer to the data stored in a FIFO buffer at a certain offset.
+ * The FIFO buffer is not modified.
+ *
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to peek at, f must be non-NULL
+ * @param offs an offset in bytes, its absolute value must be less
+ * than the used buffer size or the returned pointer will
+ * point outside to the buffer data.
+ * The used buffer size can be checked with av_fifo_size().
+ */
+static inline uint8_t *av_fifo_peek2(const AVFifoBuffer *f, int offs)
+{
+ uint8_t *ptr = f->rptr + offs;
+ if (ptr >= f->end)
+ ptr = f->buffer + (ptr - f->end);
+ else if (ptr < f->buffer)
+ ptr = f->end - (f->buffer - ptr);
+ return ptr;
+}
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_FIFO_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/file.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/file.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_FILE_H
+#define AVUTIL_FILE_H
+
+#include
+
+#include "avutil.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Misc file utilities.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Read the file with name filename, and put its content in a newly
+ * allocated buffer or map it with mmap() when available.
+ * In case of success set *bufptr to the read or mmapped buffer, and
+ * *size to the size in bytes of the buffer in *bufptr.
+ * The returned buffer must be released with av_file_unmap().
+ *
+ * @param log_offset loglevel offset used for logging
+ * @param log_ctx context used for logging
+ * @return a non negative number in case of success, a negative value
+ * corresponding to an AVERROR error code in case of failure
+ */
+int av_file_map(const char *filename, uint8_t **bufptr, size_t *size,
+ int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Unmap or free the buffer bufptr created by av_file_map().
+ *
+ * @param size size in bytes of bufptr, must be the same as returned
+ * by av_file_map()
+ */
+void av_file_unmap(uint8_t *bufptr, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Wrapper to work around the lack of mkstemp() on mingw.
+ * Also, tries to create file in /tmp first, if possible.
+ * *prefix can be a character constant; *filename will be allocated internally.
+ * @return file descriptor of opened file (or -1 on error)
+ * and opened file name in **filename.
+ * @note On very old libcs it is necessary to set a secure umask before
+ * calling this, av_tempfile() cant call umask itself as it is used in
+ * libraries and could interfere with the calling application.
+ */
+int av_tempfile(const char *prefix, char **filename, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_FILE_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/frame.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/frame.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,607 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_FRAME_H
+#define AVUTIL_FRAME_H
+
+#include
+
+#include "version.h"
+
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "buffer.h"
+#include "dict.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+#include "samplefmt.h"
+
+enum AVFrameSideDataType {
+ /**
+ * The data is the AVPanScan struct defined in libavcodec.
+ */
+ AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN,
+};
+
+typedef struct AVFrameSideData {
+ enum AVFrameSideDataType type;
+ uint8_t *data;
+ int size;
+ AVDictionary *metadata;
+} AVFrameSideData;
+
+/**
+ * This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data.
+ *
+ * AVFrame must be allocated using av_frame_alloc(). Note that this only
+ * allocates the AVFrame itself, the buffers for the data must be managed
+ * through other means (see below).
+ * AVFrame must be freed with av_frame_free().
+ *
+ * AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold
+ * different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a
+ * decoder). In such a case, av_frame_unref() will free any references held by
+ * the frame and reset it to its original clean state before it
+ * is reused again.
+ *
+ * The data described by an AVFrame is usually reference counted through the
+ * AVBuffer API. The underlying buffer references are stored in AVFrame.buf /
+ * AVFrame.extended_buf. An AVFrame is considered to be reference counted if at
+ * least one reference is set, i.e. if AVFrame.buf[0] != NULL. In such a case,
+ * every single data plane must be contained in one of the buffers in
+ * AVFrame.buf or AVFrame.extended_buf.
+ * There may be a single buffer for all the data, or one separate buffer for
+ * each plane, or anything in between.
+ *
+ * sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added
+ * to the end with a minor bump.
+ * Similarly fields that are marked as to be only accessed by
+ * av_opt_ptr() can be reordered. This allows 2 forks to add fields
+ * without breaking compatibility with each other.
+ */
+typedef struct AVFrame {
+#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8
+ /**
+ * pointer to the picture/channel planes.
+ * This might be different from the first allocated byte
+ *
+ * Some decoders access areas outside 0,0 - width,height, please
+ * see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read
+ * up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used,
+ * then 16 extra bytes must be allocated.
+ */
+ uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+ /**
+ * For video, size in bytes of each picture line.
+ * For audio, size in bytes of each plane.
+ *
+ * For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel
+ * plane must be the same size.
+ *
+ * For video the linesizes should be multiplies of the CPUs alignment
+ * preference, this is 16 or 32 for modern desktop CPUs.
+ * Some code requires such alignment other code can be slower without
+ * correct alignment, for yet other it makes no difference.
+ */
+ int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+ /**
+ * pointers to the data planes/channels.
+ *
+ * For video, this should simply point to data[].
+ *
+ * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and
+ * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer.
+ * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0]
+ * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels.
+ *
+ * Note: Both data and extended_data should always be set in a valid frame,
+ * but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data,
+ * extended_data must be used in order to access all channels.
+ */
+ uint8_t **extended_data;
+
+ /**
+ * width and height of the video frame
+ */
+ int width, height;
+
+ /**
+ * number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame
+ */
+ int nb_samples;
+
+ /**
+ * format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset
+ * Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames,
+ * enum AVSampleFormat for audio)
+ */
+ int format;
+
+ /**
+ * 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not
+ */
+ int key_frame;
+
+ /**
+ * Picture type of the frame.
+ */
+ enum AVPictureType pict_type;
+
+#if FF_API_AVFRAME_LAVC
+ attribute_deprecated
+ uint8_t *base[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified.
+ */
+ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
+
+ /**
+ * Presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user).
+ */
+ int64_t pts;
+
+ /**
+ * PTS copied from the AVPacket that was decoded to produce this frame.
+ */
+ int64_t pkt_pts;
+
+ /**
+ * DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame threading isnt used)
+ * This is also the Presentation time of this AVFrame calculated from
+ * only AVPacket.dts values without pts values.
+ */
+ int64_t pkt_dts;
+
+ /**
+ * picture number in bitstream order
+ */
+ int coded_picture_number;
+ /**
+ * picture number in display order
+ */
+ int display_picture_number;
+
+ /**
+ * quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad))
+ */
+ int quality;
+
+#if FF_API_AVFRAME_LAVC
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int reference;
+
+ /**
+ * QP table
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int8_t *qscale_table;
+ /**
+ * QP store stride
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int qstride;
+
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int qscale_type;
+
+ /**
+ * mbskip_table[mb]>=1 if MB didn't change
+ * stride= mb_width = (width+15)>>4
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ uint8_t *mbskip_table;
+
+ /**
+ * motion vector table
+ * @code
+ * example:
+ * int mv_sample_log2= 4 - motion_subsample_log2;
+ * int mb_width= (width+15)>>4;
+ * int mv_stride= (mb_width << mv_sample_log2) + 1;
+ * motion_val[direction][x + y*mv_stride][0->mv_x, 1->mv_y];
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int16_t (*motion_val[2])[2];
+
+ /**
+ * macroblock type table
+ * mb_type_base + mb_width + 2
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ uint32_t *mb_type;
+
+ /**
+ * DCT coefficients
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ short *dct_coeff;
+
+ /**
+ * motion reference frame index
+ * the order in which these are stored can depend on the codec.
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int8_t *ref_index[2];
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * for some private data of the user
+ */
+ void *opaque;
+
+ /**
+ * error
+ */
+ uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+#if FF_API_AVFRAME_LAVC
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int type;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed.
+ * extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps)
+ */
+ int repeat_pict;
+
+ /**
+ * The content of the picture is interlaced.
+ */
+ int interlaced_frame;
+
+ /**
+ * If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first.
+ */
+ int top_field_first;
+
+ /**
+ * Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame.
+ */
+ int palette_has_changed;
+
+#if FF_API_AVFRAME_LAVC
+ attribute_deprecated
+ int buffer_hints;
+
+ /**
+ * Pan scan.
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ struct AVPanScan *pan_scan;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * reordered opaque 64bit (generally an integer or a double precision float
+ * PTS but can be anything).
+ * The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at
+ * that time,
+ * the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque
+ * to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque
+ * @deprecated in favor of pkt_pts
+ */
+ int64_t reordered_opaque;
+
+#if FF_API_AVFRAME_LAVC
+ /**
+ * @deprecated this field is unused
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated void *hwaccel_picture_private;
+
+ attribute_deprecated
+ struct AVCodecContext *owner;
+ attribute_deprecated
+ void *thread_opaque;
+
+ /**
+ * log2 of the size of the block which a single vector in motion_val represents:
+ * (4->16x16, 3->8x8, 2-> 4x4, 1-> 2x2)
+ */
+ attribute_deprecated
+ uint8_t motion_subsample_log2;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Sample rate of the audio data.
+ */
+ int sample_rate;
+
+ /**
+ * Channel layout of the audio data.
+ */
+ uint64_t channel_layout;
+
+ /**
+ * AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. If all elements of
+ * this array are NULL, then this frame is not reference counted.
+ *
+ * There may be at most one AVBuffer per data plane, so for video this array
+ * always contains all the references. For planar audio with more than
+ * AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS channels, there may be more buffers than can fit in
+ * this array. Then the extra AVBufferRef pointers are stored in the
+ * extended_buf array.
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *buf[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+ /**
+ * For planar audio which requires more than AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS
+ * AVBufferRef pointers, this array will hold all the references which
+ * cannot fit into AVFrame.buf.
+ *
+ * Note that this is different from AVFrame.extended_data, which always
+ * contains all the pointers. This array only contains the extra pointers,
+ * which cannot fit into AVFrame.buf.
+ *
+ * This array is always allocated using av_malloc() by whoever constructs
+ * the frame. It is freed in av_frame_unref().
+ */
+ AVBufferRef **extended_buf;
+ /**
+ * Number of elements in extended_buf.
+ */
+ int nb_extended_buf;
+
+ AVFrameSideData **side_data;
+ int nb_side_data;
+
+ /**
+ * frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base
+ * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using:
+ * av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(frame)
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
+ */
+ int64_t best_effort_timestamp;
+
+ /**
+ * reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder
+ * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using:
+ * av_frame_get_pkt_pos(frame)
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Read by user.
+ */
+ int64_t pkt_pos;
+
+ /**
+ * duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in
+ * AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown.
+ * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using:
+ * av_frame_get_pkt_duration(frame)
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Read by user.
+ */
+ int64_t pkt_duration;
+
+ /**
+ * metadata.
+ * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using:
+ * av_frame_get_metadata(frame)
+ * - encoding: Set by user.
+ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+ */
+ AVDictionary *metadata;
+
+ /**
+ * decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of
+ * FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there
+ * were errors during the decoding.
+ * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using:
+ * av_frame_get_decode_error_flags(frame)
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
+ */
+ int decode_error_flags;
+#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM 1
+#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE 2
+
+ /**
+ * number of audio channels, only used for audio.
+ * Code outside libavcodec should access this field using:
+ * av_frame_get_channels(frame)
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: Read by user.
+ */
+ int channels;
+
+ /**
+ * size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed
+ * frame. It must be accessed using av_frame_get_pkt_size() and
+ * av_frame_set_pkt_size().
+ * It is set to a negative value if unknown.
+ * - encoding: unused
+ * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
+ */
+ int pkt_size;
+
+ /**
+ * Not to be accessed directly from outside libavutil
+ */
+ AVBufferRef *qp_table_buf;
+} AVFrame;
+
+/**
+ * Accessors for some AVFrame fields.
+ * The position of these field in the structure is not part of the ABI,
+ * they should not be accessed directly outside libavcodec.
+ */
+int64_t av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(const AVFrame *frame);
+void av_frame_set_best_effort_timestamp(AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
+int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_duration (const AVFrame *frame);
+void av_frame_set_pkt_duration (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
+int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_pos (const AVFrame *frame);
+void av_frame_set_pkt_pos (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
+int64_t av_frame_get_channel_layout (const AVFrame *frame);
+void av_frame_set_channel_layout (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
+int av_frame_get_channels (const AVFrame *frame);
+void av_frame_set_channels (AVFrame *frame, int val);
+int av_frame_get_sample_rate (const AVFrame *frame);
+void av_frame_set_sample_rate (AVFrame *frame, int val);
+AVDictionary *av_frame_get_metadata (const AVFrame *frame);
+void av_frame_set_metadata (AVFrame *frame, AVDictionary *val);
+int av_frame_get_decode_error_flags (const AVFrame *frame);
+void av_frame_set_decode_error_flags (AVFrame *frame, int val);
+int av_frame_get_pkt_size(const AVFrame *frame);
+void av_frame_set_pkt_size(AVFrame *frame, int val);
+AVDictionary **avpriv_frame_get_metadatap(AVFrame *frame);
+int8_t *av_frame_get_qp_table(AVFrame *f, int *stride, int *type);
+int av_frame_set_qp_table(AVFrame *f, AVBufferRef *buf, int stride, int type);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting
+ * struct must be freed using av_frame_free().
+ *
+ * @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure.
+ *
+ * @note this only allocates the AVFrame itself, not the data buffers. Those
+ * must be allocated through other means, e.g. with av_frame_get_buffer() or
+ * manually.
+ */
+AVFrame *av_frame_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it,
+ * e.g. extended_data. If the frame is reference counted, it will be
+ * unreferenced first.
+ *
+ * @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL.
+ */
+void av_frame_free(AVFrame **frame);
+
+/**
+ * Setup a new reference to the data described by an given frame.
+ *
+ * Copy frame properties from src to dst and create a new reference for each
+ * AVBufferRef from src.
+ *
+ * If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is
+ * copied.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
+ */
+int av_frame_ref(AVFrame *dst, AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Create a new frame that references the same data as src.
+ *
+ * This is a shortcut for av_frame_alloc()+av_frame_ref().
+ *
+ * @return newly created AVFrame on success, NULL on error.
+ */
+AVFrame *av_frame_clone(AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Unreference all the buffers referenced by frame and reset the frame fields.
+ */
+void av_frame_unref(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Move everythnig contained in src to dst and reset src.
+ */
+void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame *dst, AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate new buffer(s) for audio or video data.
+ *
+ * The following fields must be set on frame before calling this function:
+ * - format (pixel format for video, sample format for audio)
+ * - width and height for video
+ * - nb_samples and channel_layout for audio
+ *
+ * This function will fill AVFrame.data and AVFrame.buf arrays and, if
+ * necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf.
+ * For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane.
+ *
+ * @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers.
+ * @param align required buffer size alignment
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ */
+int av_frame_get_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the frame data is writable.
+ *
+ * @return A positive value if the frame data is writable (which is true if and
+ * only if each of the underlying buffers has only one reference, namely the one
+ * stored in this frame). Return 0 otherwise.
+ *
+ * If 1 is returned the answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on any
+ * of the underlying AVBufferRefs (e.g. through av_frame_ref() or directly).
+ *
+ * @see av_frame_make_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable()
+ */
+int av_frame_is_writable(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible.
+ *
+ * Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data
+ * if it is not.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ *
+ * @see av_frame_is_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable(),
+ * av_buffer_make_writable()
+ */
+int av_frame_make_writable(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Copy only "metadata" fields from src to dst.
+ *
+ * Metadata for the purpose of this function are those fields that do not affect
+ * the data layout in the buffers. E.g. pts, sample rate (for audio) or sample
+ * aspect ratio (for video), but not width/height or channel layout.
+ * Side data is also copied.
+ */
+int av_frame_copy_props(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in.
+ *
+ * @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data.
+ *
+ * @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input
+ * frame is not valid.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_frame_get_plane_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int plane);
+
+/**
+ * Add a new side data to a frame.
+ *
+ * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added
+ * @param type type of the added side data
+ * @param size size of the side data
+ *
+ * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error
+ */
+AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data(AVFrame *frame,
+ enum AVFrameSideDataType type,
+ int size);
+
+/**
+ * @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there
+ * is no side data with such type in this frame.
+ */
+AVFrameSideData *av_frame_get_side_data(AVFrame *frame,
+ enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_FRAME_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/hmac.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/hmac.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 Martin Storsjo
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HMAC_H
+#define AVUTIL_HMAC_H
+
+#include
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_hmac HMAC
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+enum AVHMACType {
+ AV_HMAC_MD5,
+ AV_HMAC_SHA1,
+};
+
+typedef struct AVHMAC AVHMAC;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVHMAC context.
+ * @param type The hash function used for the HMAC.
+ */
+AVHMAC *av_hmac_alloc(enum AVHMACType type);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVHMAC context.
+ * @param ctx The context to free, may be NULL
+ */
+void av_hmac_free(AVHMAC *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVHMAC context with an authentication key.
+ * @param ctx The HMAC context
+ * @param key The authentication key
+ * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes
+ */
+void av_hmac_init(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen);
+
+/**
+ * Hash data with the HMAC.
+ * @param ctx The HMAC context
+ * @param data The data to hash
+ * @param len The length of the data, in bytes
+ */
+void av_hmac_update(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len);
+
+/**
+ * Finish hashing and output the HMAC digest.
+ * @param ctx The HMAC context
+ * @param out The output buffer to write the digest into
+ * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes
+ * @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code.
+ */
+int av_hmac_final(AVHMAC *ctx, uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen);
+
+/**
+ * Hash an array of data with a key.
+ * @param ctx The HMAC context
+ * @param data The data to hash
+ * @param len The length of the data, in bytes
+ * @param key The authentication key
+ * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes
+ * @param out The output buffer to write the digest into
+ * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes
+ * @return The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code.
+ */
+int av_hmac_calc(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len,
+ const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen,
+ uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HMAC_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/imgutils.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/imgutils.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H
+#define AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * misc image utilities
+ *
+ * @addtogroup lavu_picture
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "pixdesc.h"
+
+/**
+ * Compute the max pixel step for each plane of an image with a
+ * format described by pixdesc.
+ *
+ * The pixel step is the distance in bytes between the first byte of
+ * the group of bytes which describe a pixel component and the first
+ * byte of the successive group in the same plane for the same
+ * component.
+ *
+ * @param max_pixsteps an array which is filled with the max pixel step
+ * for each plane. Since a plane may contain different pixel
+ * components, the computed max_pixsteps[plane] is relative to the
+ * component in the plane with the max pixel step.
+ * @param max_pixstep_comps an array which is filled with the component
+ * for each plane which has the max pixel step. May be NULL.
+ */
+void av_image_fill_max_pixsteps(int max_pixsteps[4], int max_pixstep_comps[4],
+ const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
+
+/**
+ * Compute the size of an image line with format pix_fmt and width
+ * width for the plane plane.
+ *
+ * @return the computed size in bytes
+ */
+int av_image_get_linesize(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int plane);
+
+/**
+ * Fill plane linesizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and
+ * width width.
+ *
+ * @param linesizes array to be filled with the linesize for each plane
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_image_fill_linesizes(int linesizes[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width);
+
+/**
+ * Fill plane data pointers for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and
+ * height height.
+ *
+ * @param data pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane
+ * @param ptr the pointer to a buffer which will contain the image
+ * @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each
+ * plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes()
+ * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative
+ * error code in case of failure
+ */
+int av_image_fill_pointers(uint8_t *data[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int height,
+ uint8_t *ptr, const int linesizes[4]);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an image with size w and h and pixel format pix_fmt, and
+ * fill pointers and linesizes accordingly.
+ * The allocated image buffer has to be freed by using
+ * av_freep(&pointers[0]).
+ *
+ * @param align the value to use for buffer size alignment
+ * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative
+ * error code in case of failure
+ */
+int av_image_alloc(uint8_t *pointers[4], int linesizes[4],
+ int w, int h, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Copy image plane from src to dst.
+ * That is, copy "height" number of lines of "bytewidth" bytes each.
+ * The first byte of each successive line is separated by *_linesize
+ * bytes.
+ *
+ * bytewidth must be contained by both absolute values of dst_linesize
+ * and src_linesize, otherwise the function behavior is undefined.
+ *
+ * @param dst_linesize linesize for the image plane in dst
+ * @param src_linesize linesize for the image plane in src
+ */
+void av_image_copy_plane(uint8_t *dst, int dst_linesize,
+ const uint8_t *src, int src_linesize,
+ int bytewidth, int height);
+
+/**
+ * Copy image in src_data to dst_data.
+ *
+ * @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data
+ * @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data
+ */
+void av_image_copy(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesizes[4],
+ const uint8_t *src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4],
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
+
+/**
+ * Setup the data pointers and linesizes based on the specified image
+ * parameters and the provided array.
+ *
+ * The fields of the given image are filled in by using the src
+ * address which points to the image data buffer. Depending on the
+ * specified pixel format, one or multiple image data pointers and
+ * line sizes will be set. If a planar format is specified, several
+ * pointers will be set pointing to the different picture planes and
+ * the line sizes of the different planes will be stored in the
+ * lines_sizes array. Call with src == NULL to get the required
+ * size for the src buffer.
+ *
+ * To allocate the buffer and fill in the dst_data and dst_linesize in
+ * one call, use av_image_alloc().
+ *
+ * @param dst_data data pointers to be filled in
+ * @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data to be filled in
+ * @param src buffer which will contain or contains the actual image data, can be NULL
+ * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image
+ * @param width the width of the image in pixels
+ * @param height the height of the image in pixels
+ * @param align the value used in src for linesize alignment
+ * @return the size in bytes required for src, a negative error code
+ * in case of failure
+ */
+int av_image_fill_arrays(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesize[4],
+ const uint8_t *src,
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Return the size in bytes of the amount of data required to store an
+ * image with the given parameters.
+ *
+ * @param[in] align the assumed linesize alignment
+ */
+int av_image_get_buffer_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Copy image data from an image into a buffer.
+ *
+ * av_image_get_buffer_size() can be used to compute the required size
+ * for the buffer to fill.
+ *
+ * @param dst a buffer into which picture data will be copied
+ * @param dst_size the size in bytes of dst
+ * @param src_data pointers containing the source image data
+ * @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data
+ * @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the source image
+ * @param width the width of the source image in pixels
+ * @param height the height of the source image in pixels
+ * @param align the assumed linesize alignment for dst
+ * @return the number of bytes written to dst, or a negative value
+ * (error code) on error
+ */
+int av_image_copy_to_buffer(uint8_t *dst, int dst_size,
+ const uint8_t * const src_data[4], const int src_linesize[4],
+ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all
+ * bytes of the image can be addressed with a signed int.
+ *
+ * @param w the width of the picture
+ * @param h the height of the picture
+ * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx
+ * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL
+ * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_image_check_size(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+int avpriv_set_systematic_pal2(uint32_t pal[256], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/intfloat.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/intfloat.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard
+ *
+ * This file is part of Libav.
+ *
+ * Libav is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * Libav is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with Libav; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H
+#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H
+
+#include
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+union av_intfloat32 {
+ uint32_t i;
+ float f;
+};
+
+union av_intfloat64 {
+ uint64_t i;
+ double f;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float.
+ */
+static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i)
+{
+ union av_intfloat32 v;
+ v.i = i;
+ return v.f;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer.
+ */
+static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f)
+{
+ union av_intfloat32 v;
+ v.f = f;
+ return v.i;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double.
+ */
+static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i)
+{
+ union av_intfloat64 v;
+ v.i = i;
+ return v.f;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer.
+ */
+static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f)
+{
+ union av_intfloat64 v;
+ v.f = f;
+ return v.i;
+}
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/intfloat_readwrite.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/intfloat_readwrite.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_READWRITE_H
+#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_READWRITE_H
+
+#include
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/* IEEE 80 bits extended float */
+typedef struct AVExtFloat {
+ uint8_t exponent[2];
+ uint8_t mantissa[8];
+} AVExtFloat;
+
+attribute_deprecated double av_int2dbl(int64_t v) av_const;
+attribute_deprecated float av_int2flt(int32_t v) av_const;
+attribute_deprecated double av_ext2dbl(const AVExtFloat ext) av_const;
+attribute_deprecated int64_t av_dbl2int(double d) av_const;
+attribute_deprecated int32_t av_flt2int(float d) av_const;
+attribute_deprecated AVExtFloat av_dbl2ext(double d) av_const;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_READWRITE_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/intreadwrite.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/intreadwrite.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,621 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H
+#define AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H
+
+#include
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "bswap.h"
+
+typedef union {
+ uint64_t u64;
+ uint32_t u32[2];
+ uint16_t u16[4];
+ uint8_t u8 [8];
+ double f64;
+ float f32[2];
+} av_alias av_alias64;
+
+typedef union {
+ uint32_t u32;
+ uint16_t u16[2];
+ uint8_t u8 [4];
+ float f32;
+} av_alias av_alias32;
+
+typedef union {
+ uint16_t u16;
+ uint8_t u8 [2];
+} av_alias av_alias16;
+
+/*
+ * Arch-specific headers can provide any combination of
+ * AV_[RW][BLN](16|24|32|48|64) and AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128) macros.
+ * Preprocessor symbols must be defined, even if these are implemented
+ * as inline functions.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#if ARCH_ARM
+# include "arm/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_AVR32
+# include "avr32/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_MIPS
+# include "mips/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_PPC
+# include "ppc/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_TOMI
+# include "tomi/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_X86
+# include "x86/intreadwrite.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
+
+/*
+ * Map AV_RNXX <-> AV_R[BL]XX for all variants provided by per-arch headers.
+ */
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+
+# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RB16)
+# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RN16(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RB16)
+# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RB16(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WB16)
+# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WB16)
+# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WB16(p, v)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RB24)
+# define AV_RB24(p) AV_RN24(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RB24)
+# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RB24(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WB24)
+# define AV_WB24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WB24)
+# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WB24(p, v)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RB32)
+# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RN32(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RB32)
+# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RB32(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WB32)
+# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WB32)
+# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WB32(p, v)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RB48)
+# define AV_RB48(p) AV_RN48(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RB48)
+# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RB48(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WB48)
+# define AV_WB48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WB48)
+# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WB48(p, v)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RB64)
+# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RN64(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RB64)
+# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RB64(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WB64)
+# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WB64)
+# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WB64(p, v)
+# endif
+
+#else /* AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */
+
+# if defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RL16)
+# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RN16(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN16) && defined(AV_RL16)
+# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RL16(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WL16)
+# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN16) && defined(AV_WL16)
+# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WL16(p, v)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RL24)
+# define AV_RL24(p) AV_RN24(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN24) && defined(AV_RL24)
+# define AV_RN24(p) AV_RL24(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WL24)
+# define AV_WL24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN24) && defined(AV_WL24)
+# define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WL24(p, v)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RL32)
+# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RN32(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN32) && defined(AV_RL32)
+# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RL32(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WL32)
+# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN32) && defined(AV_WL32)
+# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WL32(p, v)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RL48)
+# define AV_RL48(p) AV_RN48(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN48) && defined(AV_RL48)
+# define AV_RN48(p) AV_RL48(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WL48)
+# define AV_WL48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN48) && defined(AV_WL48)
+# define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WL48(p, v)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RL64)
+# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RN64(p)
+# elif !defined(AV_RN64) && defined(AV_RL64)
+# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RL64(p)
+# endif
+
+# if defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WL64)
+# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v)
+# elif !defined(AV_WN64) && defined(AV_WL64)
+# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WL64(p, v)
+# endif
+
+#endif /* !AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */
+
+/*
+ * Define AV_[RW]N helper macros to simplify definitions not provided
+ * by per-arch headers.
+ */
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__)
+
+union unaligned_64 { uint64_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
+union unaligned_32 { uint32_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
+union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
+
+# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l)
+# define AV_WN(s, p, v) ((((union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) = (v))
+
+#elif defined(__DECC)
+
+# define AV_RN(s, p) (*((const __unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)))
+# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (*((__unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)) = (v))
+
+#elif AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED
+
+# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s)
+# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v))
+
+#else
+
+#ifndef AV_RB16
+# define AV_RB16(x) \
+ ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 8) | \
+ ((const uint8_t*)(x))[1])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB16
+# define AV_WB16(p, darg) do { \
+ unsigned d = (darg); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>8; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL16
+# define AV_RL16(x) \
+ ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
+ ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL16
+# define AV_WL16(p, darg) do { \
+ unsigned d = (darg); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB32
+# define AV_RB32(x) \
+ (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 24) | \
+ (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 16) | \
+ (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 8) | \
+ ((const uint8_t*)(x))[3])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB32
+# define AV_WB32(p, darg) do { \
+ unsigned d = (darg); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>8; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>16; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>24; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL32
+# define AV_RL32(x) \
+ (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \
+ (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
+ (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
+ ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL32
+# define AV_WL32(p, darg) do { \
+ unsigned d = (darg); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB64
+# define AV_RB64(x) \
+ (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 56) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 48) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 40) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 32) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 24) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 16) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 8) | \
+ (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB64
+# define AV_WB64(p, darg) do { \
+ uint64_t d = (darg); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>8; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>16; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>24; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>32; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>40; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>48; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>56; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL64
+# define AV_RL64(x) \
+ (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7] << 56) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 48) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
+ (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL64
+# define AV_WL64(p, darg) do { \
+ uint64_t d = (darg); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>48; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d)>>56; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RB##s(p)
+# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WB##s(p, v)
+#else
+# define AV_RN(s, p) AV_RL##s(p)
+# define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WL##s(p, v)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED */
+
+#ifndef AV_RN16
+# define AV_RN16(p) AV_RN(16, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RN32
+# define AV_RN32(p) AV_RN(32, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RN64
+# define AV_RN64(p) AV_RN(64, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN16
+# define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WN(16, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN32
+# define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WN(32, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN64
+# define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WN(64, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+# define AV_RB(s, p) AV_RN##s(p)
+# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v)
+# define AV_RL(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p))
+# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v))
+#else
+# define AV_RB(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p))
+# define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v))
+# define AV_RL(s, p) AV_RN##s(p)
+# define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v)
+#endif
+
+#define AV_RB8(x) (((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#define AV_WB8(p, d) do { ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); } while(0)
+
+#define AV_RL8(x) AV_RB8(x)
+#define AV_WL8(p, d) AV_WB8(p, d)
+
+#ifndef AV_RB16
+# define AV_RB16(p) AV_RB(16, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB16
+# define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WB(16, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL16
+# define AV_RL16(p) AV_RL(16, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL16
+# define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WL(16, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB32
+# define AV_RB32(p) AV_RB(32, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB32
+# define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WB(32, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL32
+# define AV_RL32(p) AV_RL(32, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL32
+# define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WL(32, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB64
+# define AV_RB64(p) AV_RB(64, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB64
+# define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WB(64, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL64
+# define AV_RL64(p) AV_RL(64, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL64
+# define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WL(64, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB24
+# define AV_RB24(x) \
+ ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 16) | \
+ (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
+ ((const uint8_t*)(x))[2])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB24
+# define AV_WB24(p, d) do { \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>16; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL24
+# define AV_RL24(x) \
+ ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
+ (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
+ ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL24
+# define AV_WL24(p, d) do { \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB48
+# define AV_RB48(x) \
+ (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 40) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 32) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 24) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 16) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 8) | \
+ (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB48
+# define AV_WB48(p, darg) do { \
+ uint64_t d = (darg); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>8; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>16; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>24; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>32; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>40; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL48
+# define AV_RL48(x) \
+ (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) | \
+ ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) | \
+ (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL48
+# define AV_WL48(p, darg) do { \
+ uint64_t d = (darg); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32; \
+ ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40; \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The AV_[RW]NA macros access naturally aligned data
+ * in a type-safe way.
+ */
+
+#define AV_RNA(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s)
+#define AV_WNA(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v))
+
+#ifndef AV_RN16A
+# define AV_RN16A(p) AV_RNA(16, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RN32A
+# define AV_RN32A(p) AV_RNA(32, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RN64A
+# define AV_RN64A(p) AV_RNA(64, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN16A
+# define AV_WN16A(p, v) AV_WNA(16, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN32A
+# define AV_WN32A(p, v) AV_WNA(32, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN64A
+# define AV_WN64A(p, v) AV_WNA(64, p, v)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The AV_COPYxxU macros are suitable for copying data to/from unaligned
+ * memory locations.
+ */
+
+#define AV_COPYU(n, d, s) AV_WN##n(d, AV_RN##n(s));
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY16U
+# define AV_COPY16U(d, s) AV_COPYU(16, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY32U
+# define AV_COPY32U(d, s) AV_COPYU(32, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY64U
+# define AV_COPY64U(d, s) AV_COPYU(64, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY128U
+# define AV_COPY128U(d, s) \
+ do { \
+ AV_COPY64U(d, s); \
+ AV_COPY64U((char *)(d) + 8, (const char *)(s) + 8); \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+/* Parameters for AV_COPY*, AV_SWAP*, AV_ZERO* must be
+ * naturally aligned. They may be implemented using MMX,
+ * so emms_c() must be called before using any float code
+ * afterwards.
+ */
+
+#define AV_COPY(n, d, s) \
+ (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = ((const av_alias##n*)(s))->u##n)
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY16
+# define AV_COPY16(d, s) AV_COPY(16, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY32
+# define AV_COPY32(d, s) AV_COPY(32, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY64
+# define AV_COPY64(d, s) AV_COPY(64, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY128
+# define AV_COPY128(d, s) \
+ do { \
+ AV_COPY64(d, s); \
+ AV_COPY64((char*)(d)+8, (char*)(s)+8); \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#define AV_SWAP(n, a, b) FFSWAP(av_alias##n, *(av_alias##n*)(a), *(av_alias##n*)(b))
+
+#ifndef AV_SWAP64
+# define AV_SWAP64(a, b) AV_SWAP(64, a, b)
+#endif
+
+#define AV_ZERO(n, d) (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = 0)
+
+#ifndef AV_ZERO16
+# define AV_ZERO16(d) AV_ZERO(16, d)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_ZERO32
+# define AV_ZERO32(d) AV_ZERO(32, d)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_ZERO64
+# define AV_ZERO64(d) AV_ZERO(64, d)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_ZERO128
+# define AV_ZERO128(d) \
+ do { \
+ AV_ZERO64(d); \
+ AV_ZERO64((char*)(d)+8); \
+ } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/lfg.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/lfg.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/*
+ * Lagged Fibonacci PRNG
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_LFG_H
+#define AVUTIL_LFG_H
+
+typedef struct AVLFG {
+ unsigned int state[64];
+ int index;
+} AVLFG;
+
+void av_lfg_init(AVLFG *c, unsigned int seed);
+
+/**
+ * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using an ALFG.
+ *
+ * Please also consider a simple LCG like state= state*1664525+1013904223,
+ * it may be good enough and faster for your specific use case.
+ */
+static inline unsigned int av_lfg_get(AVLFG *c){
+ c->state[c->index & 63] = c->state[(c->index-24) & 63] + c->state[(c->index-55) & 63];
+ return c->state[c->index++ & 63];
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using a MLFG.
+ *
+ * Please also consider av_lfg_get() above, it is faster.
+ */
+static inline unsigned int av_mlfg_get(AVLFG *c){
+ unsigned int a= c->state[(c->index-55) & 63];
+ unsigned int b= c->state[(c->index-24) & 63];
+ return c->state[c->index++ & 63] = 2*a*b+a+b;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get the next two numbers generated by a Box-Muller Gaussian
+ * generator using the random numbers issued by lfg.
+ *
+ * @param out array where the two generated numbers are placed
+ */
+void av_bmg_get(AVLFG *lfg, double out[2]);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_LFG_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/log.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/log.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_LOG_H
+#define AVUTIL_LOG_H
+
+#include
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+typedef enum {
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER,
+ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB, ///< not part of ABI/API
+}AVClassCategory;
+
+struct AVOptionRanges;
+
+/**
+ * Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an
+ * arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an
+ * AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.).
+ */
+typedef struct AVClass {
+ /**
+ * The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the
+ * context structure type to which the AVClass is associated.
+ */
+ const char* class_name;
+
+ /**
+ * A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context
+ * instance ctx associated with the class.
+ */
+ const char* (*item_name)(void* ctx);
+
+ /**
+ * a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL
+ *
+ * @see av_set_default_options()
+ */
+ const struct AVOption *option;
+
+ /**
+ * LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created.
+ * This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major
+ * version bumps everywhere.
+ */
+
+ int version;
+
+ /**
+ * Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored.
+ * 0 means there is no such variable
+ */
+ int log_level_offset_offset;
+
+ /**
+ * Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for
+ * logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext
+ * to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation
+ * could then leverage to display the parent context.
+ * The offset can be NULL.
+ */
+ int parent_log_context_offset;
+
+ /**
+ * Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
+ */
+ void* (*child_next)(void *obj, void *prev);
+
+ /**
+ * Return an AVClass corresponding to the next potential
+ * AVOptions-enabled child.
+ *
+ * The difference between child_next and this is that
+ * child_next iterates over _already existing_ objects, while
+ * child_class_next iterates over _all possible_ children.
+ */
+ const struct AVClass* (*child_class_next)(const struct AVClass *prev);
+
+ /**
+ * Category used for visualization (like color)
+ * This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class.
+ * available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100)
+ */
+ AVClassCategory category;
+
+ /**
+ * Callback to return the category.
+ * available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100)
+ */
+ AVClassCategory (*get_category)(void* ctx);
+
+ /**
+ * Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges.
+ * available since version (52.12)
+ */
+ int (*query_ranges)(struct AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
+} AVClass;
+
+/* av_log API */
+
+#define AV_LOG_QUIET -8
+
+/**
+ * Something went really wrong and we will crash now.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_PANIC 0
+
+/**
+ * Something went wrong and recovery is not possible.
+ * For example, no header was found for a format which depends
+ * on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_FATAL 8
+
+/**
+ * Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered.
+ * However, not all future data is affected.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_ERROR 16
+
+/**
+ * Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not
+ * lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_WARNING 24
+
+#define AV_LOG_INFO 32
+#define AV_LOG_VERBOSE 40
+
+/**
+ * Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_DEBUG 48
+
+#define AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET (AV_LOG_DEBUG - AV_LOG_QUIET)
+
+/**
+ * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
+ * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
+ * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different av_vlog callback
+ * function.
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass struct.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message, lower values signifying
+ * higher importance.
+ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
+ * subsequent arguments are converted to output.
+ * @see av_vlog
+ */
+void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4);
+
+void av_vlog(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list);
+int av_log_get_level(void);
+void av_log_set_level(int);
+void av_log_set_callback(void (*)(void*, int, const char*, va_list));
+void av_log_default_callback(void* ptr, int level, const char* fmt, va_list vl);
+const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx);
+AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void *ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback.
+ * @param line buffer to receive the formated line
+ * @param line_size size of the buffer
+ * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed;
+ * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1
+ */
+void av_log_format_line(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl,
+ char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix);
+
+/**
+ * av_dlog macros
+ * Useful to print debug messages that shouldn't get compiled in normally.
+ */
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+# define av_dlog(pctx, ...) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__)
+#else
+# define av_dlog(pctx, ...) do { if (0) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of
+ * (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to
+ * "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some
+ * bad luck.
+ * Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must
+ * call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1
+void av_log_set_flags(int arg);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/lzo.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/lzo.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/*
+ * LZO 1x decompression
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Reimar Doeffinger
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_LZO_H
+#define AVUTIL_LZO_H
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_lzo LZO
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include
+
+/** @name Error flags returned by av_lzo1x_decode
+ * @{ */
+/// end of the input buffer reached before decoding finished
+#define AV_LZO_INPUT_DEPLETED 1
+/// decoded data did not fit into output buffer
+#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_FULL 2
+/// a reference to previously decoded data was wrong
+#define AV_LZO_INVALID_BACKPTR 4
+/// a non-specific error in the compressed bitstream
+#define AV_LZO_ERROR 8
+/** @} */
+
+#define AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING 8
+#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING 12
+
+/**
+ * @brief Decodes LZO 1x compressed data.
+ * @param out output buffer
+ * @param outlen size of output buffer, number of bytes left are returned here
+ * @param in input buffer
+ * @param inlen size of input buffer, number of bytes left are returned here
+ * @return 0 on success, otherwise a combination of the error flags above
+ *
+ * Make sure all buffers are appropriately padded, in must provide
+ * AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING, out must provide AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING additional bytes.
+ */
+int av_lzo1x_decode(void *out, int *outlen, const void *in, int *inlen);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_LZO_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/mathematics.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/mathematics.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
+#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
+
+#include
+#include
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+#include "intfloat.h"
+
+#ifndef M_E
+#define M_E 2.7182818284590452354 /* e */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_LN2
+#define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942 /* log_e 2 */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_LN10
+#define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402 /* log_e 10 */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_LOG2_10
+#define M_LOG2_10 3.32192809488736234787 /* log_2 10 */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_PHI
+#define M_PHI 1.61803398874989484820 /* phi / golden ratio */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_PI
+#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 /* pi */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_SQRT1_2
+#define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 /* 1/sqrt(2) */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_SQRT2
+#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 /* sqrt(2) */
+#endif
+#ifndef NAN
+#define NAN av_int2float(0x7fc00000)
+#endif
+#ifndef INFINITY
+#define INFINITY av_int2float(0x7f800000)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_math
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+enum AVRounding {
+ AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero.
+ AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero.
+ AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity.
+ AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity.
+ AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero.
+ AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192, ///< Flag to pass INT64_MIN/MAX through instead of rescaling, this avoids special cases for AV_NOPTS_VALUE
+};
+
+/**
+ * Return the greatest common divisor of a and b.
+ * If both a and b are 0 or either or both are <0 then behavior is
+ * undefined.
+ */
+int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b);
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest.
+ * A simple a*b/c isn't possible as it can overflow.
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding.
+ * A simple a*b/c isn't possible as it can overflow.
+ *
+ * @return rescaled value a, or if AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX is set and a is
+ * INT64_MIN or INT64_MAX then a is passed through unchanged.
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers.
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding.
+ *
+ * @return rescaled value a, or if AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX is set and a is
+ * INT64_MIN or INT64_MAX then a is passed through unchanged.
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq,
+ enum AVRounding) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Compare 2 timestamps each in its own timebases.
+ * The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps
+ * is outside the int64_t range when represented in the others timebase.
+ * @return -1 if ts_a is before ts_b, 1 if ts_a is after ts_b or 0 if they represent the same position
+ */
+int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b);
+
+/**
+ * Compare 2 integers modulo mod.
+ * That is we compare integers a and b for which only the least
+ * significant log2(mod) bits are known.
+ *
+ * @param mod must be a power of 2
+ * @return a negative value if a is smaller than b
+ * a positive value if a is greater than b
+ * 0 if a equals b
+ */
+int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod);
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations.
+ *
+ * @param in_ts Input timestamp
+ * @param in_tb Input timesbase
+ * @param fs_tb Duration and *last timebase
+ * @param duration duration till the next call
+ * @param out_tb Output timesbase
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts, AVRational fs_tb, int duration, int64_t *last, AVRational out_tb);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/md5.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/md5.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MD5_H
+#define AVUTIL_MD5_H
+
+#include
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_md5 MD5
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_md5_size;
+
+struct AVMD5;
+
+struct AVMD5 *av_md5_alloc(void);
+void av_md5_init(struct AVMD5 *ctx);
+void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, int len);
+void av_md5_final(struct AVMD5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst);
+void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, const int len);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MD5_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/mem.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/mem.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * memory handling functions
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H
+#define AVUTIL_MEM_H
+
+#include
+#include
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "avutil.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_mem
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER < 1110 || defined(__SUNPRO_C)
+ #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+ #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) const t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+#elif defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__)
+ #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) \
+ AV_PRAGMA(DATA_ALIGN(v,n)) \
+ t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v
+ #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) \
+ AV_PRAGMA(DATA_ALIGN(v,n)) \
+ static const t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+ #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+ #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+ #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v
+ #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) static const t v
+#else
+ #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v
+ #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t v
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
+ #define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__))
+#else
+ #define av_malloc_attrib
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3)
+ #define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__)))
+#else
+ #define av_alloc_size(...)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a block of size bytes with alignment suitable for all
+ * memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU).
+ * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated.
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot
+ * be allocated.
+ * @see av_mallocz()
+ */
+void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
+
+/**
+ * Helper function to allocate a block of size * nmemb bytes with
+ * using av_malloc()
+ * @param nmemb Number of elements
+ * @param size Size of the single element
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot
+ * be allocated.
+ * @see av_malloc()
+ */
+av_alloc_size(1, 2) static inline void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size)
+{
+ if (size <= 0 || nmemb >= INT_MAX / size)
+ return NULL;
+ return av_malloc(nmemb * size);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Allocate or reallocate a block of memory.
+ * If ptr is NULL and size > 0, allocate a new block. If
+ * size is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr.
+ * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
+ * av_malloc(z)() or av_realloc() or NULL.
+ * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or
+ * reallocated.
+ * @return Pointer to a newly reallocated block or NULL if the block
+ * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block.
+ * @see av_fast_realloc()
+ */
+void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate or reallocate a block of memory.
+ * This function does the same thing as av_realloc, except:
+ * - It takes two arguments and checks the result of the multiplication for
+ * integer overflow.
+ * - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory
+ * leak with the classic "buf = realloc(buf); if (!buf) return -1;".
+ */
+void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize);
+
+/**
+ * Free a memory block which has been allocated with av_malloc(z)() or
+ * av_realloc().
+ * @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed.
+ * @note ptr = NULL is explicitly allowed.
+ * @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead.
+ * @see av_freep()
+ */
+void av_free(void *ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a block of size bytes with alignment suitable for all
+ * memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU) and
+ * zero all the bytes of the block.
+ * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated.
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if it cannot be allocated.
+ * @see av_malloc()
+ */
+void *av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a block of nmemb * size bytes with alignment suitable for all
+ * memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU) and
+ * zero all the bytes of the block.
+ * The allocation will fail if nmemb * size is greater than or equal
+ * to INT_MAX.
+ * @param nmemb
+ * @param size
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if it cannot be allocated.
+ */
+void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib;
+
+/**
+ * Helper function to allocate a block of size * nmemb bytes with
+ * using av_mallocz()
+ * @param nmemb Number of elements
+ * @param size Size of the single element
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot
+ * be allocated.
+ * @see av_mallocz()
+ * @see av_malloc_array()
+ */
+av_alloc_size(1, 2) static inline void *av_mallocz_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size)
+{
+ if (size <= 0 || nmemb >= INT_MAX / size)
+ return NULL;
+ return av_mallocz(nmemb * size);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Duplicate the string s.
+ * @param s string to be duplicated
+ * @return Pointer to a newly allocated string containing a
+ * copy of s or NULL if the string cannot be allocated.
+ */
+char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib;
+
+/**
+ * Duplicate the buffer p.
+ * @param p buffer to be duplicated
+ * @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a
+ * copy of p or NULL if the buffer cannot be allocated.
+ */
+void *av_memdup(const void *p, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Free a memory block which has been allocated with av_malloc(z)() or
+ * av_realloc() and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL.
+ * @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should
+ * be freed.
+ * @see av_free()
+ */
+void av_freep(void *ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Add an element to a dynamic array.
+ *
+ * The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to
+ * structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already
+ * allocated structure.
+ *
+ * The array is reallocated when its size reaches powers of 2.
+ * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
+ *
+ * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
+ * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by nb_ptr
+ * is incremented.
+ * In case of failure, the array is freed, *tab_ptr is set to NULL and
+ * *nb_ptr is set to 0.
+ *
+ * @param tab_ptr pointer to the array to grow
+ * @param nb_ptr pointer to the number of elements in the array
+ * @param elem element to add
+ * @see av_dynarray2_add()
+ */
+void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
+
+/**
+ * Add an element of size elem_size to a dynamic array.
+ *
+ * The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2.
+ * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
+ *
+ * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
+ * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by nb_ptr
+ * is incremented.
+ * In case of failure, the array is freed, *tab_ptr is set to NULL and
+ * *nb_ptr is set to 0.
+ *
+ * @param tab_ptr pointer to the array to grow
+ * @param nb_ptr pointer to the number of elements in the array
+ * @param elem_size size in bytes of the elements in the array
+ * @param elem_data pointer to the data of the element to add. If NULL, the space of
+ * the new added element is not filled.
+ * @return pointer to the data of the element to copy in the new allocated space.
+ * If NULL, the new allocated space is left uninitialized."
+ * @see av_dynarray_add()
+ */
+void *av_dynarray2_add(void **tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, size_t elem_size,
+ const uint8_t *elem_data);
+
+/**
+ * Multiply two size_t values checking for overflow.
+ * @return 0 if success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if overflow.
+ */
+static inline int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r)
+{
+ size_t t = a * b;
+ /* Hack inspired from glibc: only try the division if nelem and elsize
+ * are both greater than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */
+ if ((a | b) >= ((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4)) && a && t / a != b)
+ return AVERROR(EINVAL);
+ *r = t;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set the maximum size that may me allocated in one block.
+ */
+void av_max_alloc(size_t max);
+
+/**
+ * @brief deliberately overlapping memcpy implementation
+ * @param dst destination buffer
+ * @param back how many bytes back we start (the initial size of the overlapping window), must be > 0
+ * @param cnt number of bytes to copy, must be >= 0
+ *
+ * cnt > back is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied,
+ * thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of back.
+ */
+void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/murmur3.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/murmur3.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H
+#define AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H
+
+#include
+
+struct AVMurMur3 *av_murmur3_alloc(void);
+void av_murmur3_init_seeded(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint64_t seed);
+void av_murmur3_init(struct AVMurMur3 *c);
+void av_murmur3_update(struct AVMurMur3 *c, const uint8_t *src, int len);
+void av_murmur3_final(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint8_t dst[16]);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/old_pix_fmts.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/old_pix_fmts.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006-2012 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_OLD_PIX_FMTS_H
+#define AVUTIL_OLD_PIX_FMTS_H
+
+/*
+ * This header exists to prevent new pixel formats from being accidentally added
+ * to the deprecated list.
+ * Do not include it directly. It will be removed on next major bump
+ *
+ * Do not add new items to this list. Use the AVPixelFormat enum instead.
+ */
+ PIX_FMT_NONE = AV_PIX_FMT_NONE,
+ PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples)
+ PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr
+ PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB...
+ PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR...
+ PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples)
+ PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples)
+ PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples)
+ PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples)
+ PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp
+ PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
+ PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
+ PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bit with PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette
+ PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range
+ PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range
+ PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range
+ PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_MC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing
+ PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_IDCT,
+ PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1
+ PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3
+ PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb)
+ PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
+ PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb)
+ PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb)
+ PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
+ PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb)
+ PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V)
+ PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped
+
+ PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB...
+ PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA...
+ PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR...
+ PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA...
+
+ PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian
+ PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian
+ PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples)
+ PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range
+ PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples)
+ PIX_FMT_VDPAU_H264,///< H.264 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
+ PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG1,///< MPEG-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
+ PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG2,///< MPEG-2 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
+ PIX_FMT_VDPAU_WMV3,///< WMV3 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
+ PIX_FMT_VDPAU_VC1, ///< VC-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
+ PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
+ PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
+
+ PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian
+ PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian
+ PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian, most significant bit to 0
+ PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, most significant bit to 0
+
+ PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian
+ PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian
+ PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian, most significant bit to 1
+ PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, most significant bit to 1
+
+ PIX_FMT_VAAPI_MOCO, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at motion compensation entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains macroblocks as well as various fields extracted from headers
+ PIX_FMT_VAAPI_IDCT, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at IDCT entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains fields extracted from headers
+ PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, ///< HW decoding through VA API, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
+
+ PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG4, ///< MPEG4 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
+ PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer
+
+ PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, most significant bits to 0
+ PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, most significant bits to 0
+ PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, most significant bits to 1
+ PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, most significant bits to 1
+ PIX_FMT_GRAY8A, ///< 8bit gray, 8bit alpha
+ PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
+ PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
+
+ //the following 10 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth, thus
+ //If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately
+ //is better
+ PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ PIX_FMT_VDA_VLD, ///< hardware decoding through VDA
+
+#ifdef AV_PIX_FMT_ABI_GIT_MASTER
+ PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
+ PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
+ PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
+ PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
+#endif
+ PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp
+ PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big endian
+ PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little endian
+ PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big endian
+ PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little endian
+ PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big endian
+ PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little endian
+
+#ifndef AV_PIX_FMT_ABI_GIT_MASTER
+ PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE=0x123, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
+ PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
+ PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
+ PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
+#endif
+ PIX_FMT_0RGB=0x123+4, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, 0RGB0RGB...
+ PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGB0RGB0...
+ PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, 0BGR0BGR...
+ PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGR0BGR0...
+ PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples)
+ PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples)
+
+ PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big endian
+ PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little endian
+ PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big endian
+ PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little endian
+
+ PIX_FMT_NB, ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions
+#endif /* AVUTIL_OLD_PIX_FMTS_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/opt.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/opt.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,754 @@
+/*
+ * AVOptions
+ * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_OPT_H
+#define AVUTIL_OPT_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * AVOptions
+ */
+
+#include "rational.h"
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "dict.h"
+#include "log.h"
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+#include "samplefmt.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup avoptions AVOptions
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ * @{
+ * AVOptions provide a generic system to declare options on arbitrary structs
+ * ("objects"). An option can have a help text, a type and a range of possible
+ * values. Options may then be enumerated, read and written to.
+ *
+ * @section avoptions_implement Implementing AVOptions
+ * This section describes how to add AVOptions capabilities to a struct.
+ *
+ * All AVOptions-related information is stored in an AVClass. Therefore
+ * the first member of the struct should be a pointer to an AVClass describing it.
+ * The option field of the AVClass must be set to a NULL-terminated static array
+ * of AVOptions. Each AVOption must have a non-empty name, a type, a default
+ * value and for number-type AVOptions also a range of allowed values. It must
+ * also declare an offset in bytes from the start of the struct, where the field
+ * associated with this AVOption is located. Other fields in the AVOption struct
+ * should also be set when applicable, but are not required.
+ *
+ * The following example illustrates an AVOptions-enabled struct:
+ * @code
+ * typedef struct test_struct {
+ * AVClass *class;
+ * int int_opt;
+ * char *str_opt;
+ * uint8_t *bin_opt;
+ * int bin_len;
+ * } test_struct;
+ *
+ * static const AVOption options[] = {
+ * { "test_int", "This is a test option of int type.", offsetof(test_struct, int_opt),
+ * AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, { .i64 = -1 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX },
+ * { "test_str", "This is a test option of string type.", offsetof(test_struct, str_opt),
+ * AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING },
+ * { "test_bin", "This is a test option of binary type.", offsetof(test_struct, bin_opt),
+ * AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY },
+ * { NULL },
+ * };
+ *
+ * static const AVClass test_class = {
+ * .class_name = "test class",
+ * .item_name = av_default_item_name,
+ * .option = options,
+ * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT,
+ * };
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * Next, when allocating your struct, you must ensure that the AVClass pointer
+ * is set to the correct value. Then, av_opt_set_defaults() can be called to
+ * initialize defaults. After that the struct is ready to be used with the
+ * AVOptions API.
+ *
+ * When cleaning up, you may use the av_opt_free() function to automatically
+ * free all the allocated string and binary options.
+ *
+ * Continuing with the above example:
+ *
+ * @code
+ * test_struct *alloc_test_struct(void)
+ * {
+ * test_struct *ret = av_malloc(sizeof(*ret));
+ * ret->class = &test_class;
+ * av_opt_set_defaults(ret);
+ * return ret;
+ * }
+ * void free_test_struct(test_struct **foo)
+ * {
+ * av_opt_free(*foo);
+ * av_freep(foo);
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @subsection avoptions_implement_nesting Nesting
+ * It may happen that an AVOptions-enabled struct contains another
+ * AVOptions-enabled struct as a member (e.g. AVCodecContext in
+ * libavcodec exports generic options, while its priv_data field exports
+ * codec-specific options). In such a case, it is possible to set up the
+ * parent struct to export a child's options. To do that, simply
+ * implement AVClass.child_next() and AVClass.child_class_next() in the
+ * parent struct's AVClass.
+ * Assuming that the test_struct from above now also contains a
+ * child_struct field:
+ *
+ * @code
+ * typedef struct child_struct {
+ * AVClass *class;
+ * int flags_opt;
+ * } child_struct;
+ * static const AVOption child_opts[] = {
+ * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.",
+ * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX },
+ * { NULL },
+ * };
+ * static const AVClass child_class = {
+ * .class_name = "child class",
+ * .item_name = av_default_item_name,
+ * .option = child_opts,
+ * .version = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT,
+ * };
+ *
+ * void *child_next(void *obj, void *prev)
+ * {
+ * test_struct *t = obj;
+ * if (!prev && t->child_struct)
+ * return t->child_struct;
+ * return NULL
+ * }
+ * const AVClass child_class_next(const AVClass *prev)
+ * {
+ * return prev ? NULL : &child_class;
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ * Putting child_next() and child_class_next() as defined above into
+ * test_class will now make child_struct's options accessible through
+ * test_struct (again, proper setup as described above needs to be done on
+ * child_struct right after it is created).
+ *
+ * From the above example it might not be clear why both child_next()
+ * and child_class_next() are needed. The distinction is that child_next()
+ * iterates over actually existing objects, while child_class_next()
+ * iterates over all possible child classes. E.g. if an AVCodecContext
+ * was initialized to use a codec which has private options, then its
+ * child_next() will return AVCodecContext.priv_data and finish
+ * iterating. OTOH child_class_next() on AVCodecContext.av_class will
+ * iterate over all available codecs with private options.
+ *
+ * @subsection avoptions_implement_named_constants Named constants
+ * It is possible to create named constants for options. Simply set the unit
+ * field of the option the constants should apply to to a string and
+ * create the constants themselves as options of type AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST
+ * with their unit field set to the same string.
+ * Their default_val field should contain the value of the named
+ * constant.
+ * For example, to add some named constants for the test_flags option
+ * above, put the following into the child_opts array:
+ * @code
+ * { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.",
+ * offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX, "test_unit" },
+ * { "flag1", "This is a flag with value 16", 0, AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, { .i64 = 16 }, 0, 0, "test_unit" },
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @section avoptions_use Using AVOptions
+ * This section deals with accessing options in an AVOptions-enabled struct.
+ * Such structs in FFmpeg are e.g. AVCodecContext in libavcodec or
+ * AVFormatContext in libavformat.
+ *
+ * @subsection avoptions_use_examine Examining AVOptions
+ * The basic functions for examining options are av_opt_next(), which iterates
+ * over all options defined for one object, and av_opt_find(), which searches
+ * for an option with the given name.
+ *
+ * The situation is more complicated with nesting. An AVOptions-enabled struct
+ * may have AVOptions-enabled children. Passing the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag
+ * to av_opt_find() will make the function search children recursively.
+ *
+ * For enumerating there are basically two cases. The first is when you want to
+ * get all options that may potentially exist on the struct and its children
+ * (e.g. when constructing documentation). In that case you should call
+ * av_opt_child_class_next() recursively on the parent struct's AVClass. The
+ * second case is when you have an already initialized struct with all its
+ * children and you want to get all options that can be actually written or read
+ * from it. In that case you should call av_opt_child_next() recursively (and
+ * av_opt_next() on each result).
+ *
+ * @subsection avoptions_use_get_set Reading and writing AVOptions
+ * When setting options, you often have a string read directly from the
+ * user. In such a case, simply passing it to av_opt_set() is enough. For
+ * non-string type options, av_opt_set() will parse the string according to the
+ * option type.
+ *
+ * Similarly av_opt_get() will read any option type and convert it to a string
+ * which will be returned. Do not forget that the string is allocated, so you
+ * have to free it with av_free().
+ *
+ * In some cases it may be more convenient to put all options into an
+ * AVDictionary and call av_opt_set_dict() on it. A specific case of this
+ * are the format/codec open functions in lavf/lavc which take a dictionary
+ * filled with option as a parameter. This allows to set some options
+ * that cannot be set otherwise, since e.g. the input file format is not known
+ * before the file is actually opened.
+ */
+
+enum AVOptionType{
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_INT,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST = 128,
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE = MKBETAG('S','I','Z','E'), ///< offset must point to two consecutive integers
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT = MKBETAG('P','F','M','T'),
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_SAMPLE_FMT = MKBETAG('S','F','M','T'),
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_VIDEO_RATE = MKBETAG('V','R','A','T'), ///< offset must point to AVRational
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_DURATION = MKBETAG('D','U','R',' '),
+ AV_OPT_TYPE_COLOR = MKBETAG('C','O','L','R'),
+#if FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS
+ FF_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS = 0,
+ FF_OPT_TYPE_INT,
+ FF_OPT_TYPE_INT64,
+ FF_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE,
+ FF_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT,
+ FF_OPT_TYPE_STRING,
+ FF_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL,
+ FF_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length
+ FF_OPT_TYPE_CONST=128,
+#endif
+};
+
+/**
+ * AVOption
+ */
+typedef struct AVOption {
+ const char *name;
+
+ /**
+ * short English help text
+ * @todo What about other languages?
+ */
+ const char *help;
+
+ /**
+ * The offset relative to the context structure where the option
+ * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants.
+ */
+ int offset;
+ enum AVOptionType type;
+
+ /**
+ * the default value for scalar options
+ */
+ union {
+ int64_t i64;
+ double dbl;
+ const char *str;
+ /* TODO those are unused now */
+ AVRational q;
+ } default_val;
+ double min; ///< minimum valid value for the option
+ double max; ///< maximum valid value for the option
+
+ int flags;
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM 1 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM 2 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_METADATA 4 ///< some data extracted or inserted into the file like title, comment, ...
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM 8
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM 16
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM 32
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_FILTERING_PARAM (1<<16) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for filtering
+//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags
+
+ /**
+ * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant
+ * options and corresponding named constants share the same
+ * unit. May be NULL.
+ */
+ const char *unit;
+} AVOption;
+
+/**
+ * A single allowed range of values, or a single allowed value.
+ */
+typedef struct AVOptionRange {
+ const char *str;
+ double value_min, value_max; ///< For string ranges this represents the min/max length, for dimensions this represents the min/max pixel count
+ double component_min, component_max; ///< For string this represents the unicode range for chars, 0-127 limits to ASCII
+ int is_range; ///< if set to 1 the struct encodes a range, if set to 0 a single value
+} AVOptionRange;
+
+/**
+ * List of AVOptionRange structs
+ */
+typedef struct AVOptionRanges {
+ AVOptionRange **range;
+ int nb_ranges;
+} AVOptionRanges;
+
+
+#if FF_API_FIND_OPT
+/**
+ * Look for an option in obj. Look only for the options which
+ * have the flags set as specified in mask and flags (that is,
+ * for which it is the case that opt->flags & mask == flags).
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj a pointer to a struct whose first element is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass
+ * @param[in] name the name of the option to look for
+ * @param[in] unit the unit of the option to look for, or any if NULL
+ * @return a pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
+ * has been found
+ *
+ * @deprecated use av_opt_find.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+const AVOption *av_find_opt(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit, int mask, int flags);
+#endif
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS
+/**
+ * Set the field of obj with the given name to value.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an
+ * AVClass.
+ * @param[in] name the name of the field to set
+ * @param[in] val The value to set. If the field is not of a string
+ * type, then the given string is parsed.
+ * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported.
+ * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named
+ * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators
+ * is undefined.
+ * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric
+ * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag
+ * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags;
+ * similarly, '-' unsets a flag.
+ * @param[out] o_out if non-NULL put here a pointer to the AVOption
+ * found
+ * @param alloc this parameter is currently ignored
+ * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of
+ * error:
+ * AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists
+ * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid
+ * @deprecated use av_opt_set()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_set_string3(void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int alloc, const AVOption **o_out);
+
+attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_set_double(void *obj, const char *name, double n);
+attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_set_q(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational n);
+attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_set_int(void *obj, const char *name, int64_t n);
+
+double av_get_double(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out);
+AVRational av_get_q(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out);
+int64_t av_get_int(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out);
+attribute_deprecated const char *av_get_string(void *obj, const char *name, const AVOption **o_out, char *buf, int buf_len);
+attribute_deprecated const AVOption *av_next_option(void *obj, const AVOption *last);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Show the obj options.
+ *
+ * @param req_flags requested flags for the options to show. Show only the
+ * options for which it is opt->flags & req_flags.
+ * @param rej_flags rejected flags for the options to show. Show only the
+ * options for which it is !(opt->flags & req_flags).
+ * @param av_log_obj log context to use for showing the options
+ */
+int av_opt_show2(void *obj, void *av_log_obj, int req_flags, int rej_flags);
+
+/**
+ * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values.
+ *
+ * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass)
+ */
+void av_opt_set_defaults(void *s);
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_opt_set_defaults2(void *s, int mask, int flags);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Parse the key/value pairs list in opts. For each key/value pair
+ * found, stores the value in the field in ctx that is named like the
+ * key. ctx must be an AVClass context, storing is done using
+ * AVOptions.
+ *
+ * @param opts options string to parse, may be NULL
+ * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to
+ * separate key from value
+ * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * two pairs from each other
+ * @return the number of successfully set key/value pairs, or a negative
+ * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error:
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed,
+ * the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair
+ * cannot be set
+ */
+int av_set_options_string(void *ctx, const char *opts,
+ const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the key-value pairs list in opts. For each key=value pair found,
+ * set the value of the corresponding option in ctx.
+ *
+ * @param ctx the AVClass object to set options on
+ * @param opts the options string, key-value pairs separated by a
+ * delimiter
+ * @param shorthand a NULL-terminated array of options names for shorthand
+ * notation: if the first field in opts has no key part,
+ * the key is taken from the first element of shorthand;
+ * then again for the second, etc., until either opts is
+ * finished, shorthand is finished or a named option is
+ * found; after that, all options must be named
+ * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * key from value, for example '='
+ * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ','
+ * @return the number of successfully set key=value pairs, or a negative
+ * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error:
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed,
+ * the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair
+ * cannot be set
+ *
+ * Options names must use only the following characters: a-z A-Z 0-9 - . / _
+ * Separators must use characters distinct from option names and from each
+ * other.
+ */
+int av_opt_set_from_string(void *ctx, const char *opts,
+ const char *const *shorthand,
+ const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep);
+/**
+ * Free all string and binary options in obj.
+ */
+void av_opt_free(void *obj);
+
+/**
+ * Check whether a particular flag is set in a flags field.
+ *
+ * @param field_name the name of the flag field option
+ * @param flag_name the name of the flag to check
+ * @return non-zero if the flag is set, zero if the flag isn't set,
+ * isn't of the right type, or the flags field doesn't exist.
+ */
+int av_opt_flag_is_set(void *obj, const char *field_name, const char *flag_name);
+
+/**
+ * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object.
+ *
+ * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass
+ * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced
+ * by a new one containing all options not found in obj.
+ * Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller
+ * with av_dict_free().
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj,
+ * but could not be set.
+ *
+ * @see av_dict_copy()
+ */
+int av_opt_set_dict(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options);
+
+/**
+ * Extract a key-value pair from the beginning of a string.
+ *
+ * @param ropts pointer to the options string, will be updated to
+ * point to the rest of the string (one of the pairs_sep
+ * or the final NUL)
+ * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * key from value, for example '='
+ * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ','
+ * @param flags flags; see the AV_OPT_FLAG_* values below
+ * @param rkey parsed key; must be freed using av_free()
+ * @param rval parsed value; must be freed using av_free()
+ *
+ * @return >=0 for success, or a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code in case of error; in particular:
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL) if no key is present
+ *
+ */
+int av_opt_get_key_value(const char **ropts,
+ const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep,
+ unsigned flags,
+ char **rkey, char **rval);
+
+enum {
+
+ /**
+ * Accept to parse a value without a key; the key will then be returned
+ * as NULL.
+ */
+ AV_OPT_FLAG_IMPLICIT_KEY = 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup opt_eval_funcs Evaluating option strings
+ * @{
+ * This group of functions can be used to evaluate option strings
+ * and get numbers out of them. They do the same thing as av_opt_set(),
+ * except the result is written into the caller-supplied pointer.
+ *
+ * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass.
+ * @param o an option for which the string is to be evaluated.
+ * @param val string to be evaluated.
+ * @param *_out value of the string will be written here.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative number on failure.
+ */
+int av_opt_eval_flags (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *flags_out);
+int av_opt_eval_int (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int *int_out);
+int av_opt_eval_int64 (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int64_t *int64_out);
+int av_opt_eval_float (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, float *float_out);
+int av_opt_eval_double(void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, double *double_out);
+int av_opt_eval_q (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, AVRational *q_out);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN 0x0001 /**< Search in possible children of the
+ given object first. */
+/**
+ * The obj passed to av_opt_find() is fake -- only a double pointer to AVClass
+ * instead of a required pointer to a struct containing AVClass. This is
+ * useful for searching for options without needing to allocate the corresponding
+ * object.
+ */
+#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ 0x0002
+
+/**
+ * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which
+ * have all the specified flags set.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass.
+ * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set.
+ * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for.
+ * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit
+ * it belongs to.
+ * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG).
+ * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
+ *
+ * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
+ * was found.
+ *
+ * @note Options found with AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag may not be settable
+ * directly with av_set_string3(). Use special calls which take an options
+ * AVDictionary (e.g. avformat_open_input()) to set options found with this
+ * flag.
+ */
+const AVOption *av_opt_find(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit,
+ int opt_flags, int search_flags);
+
+/**
+ * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which
+ * have all the specified flags set.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass.
+ * Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set.
+ * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for.
+ * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit
+ * it belongs to.
+ * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG).
+ * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
+ * @param[out] target_obj if non-NULL, an object to which the option belongs will be
+ * written here. It may be different from obj if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN is present
+ * in search_flags. This parameter is ignored if search_flags contain
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ.
+ *
+ * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
+ * was found.
+ */
+const AVOption *av_opt_find2(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit,
+ int opt_flags, int search_flags, void **target_obj);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all AVOptions belonging to obj.
+ *
+ * @param obj an AVOptions-enabled struct or a double pointer to an
+ * AVClass describing it.
+ * @param prev result of the previous call to av_opt_next() on this object
+ * or NULL
+ * @return next AVOption or NULL
+ */
+const AVOption *av_opt_next(void *obj, const AVOption *prev);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over AVOptions-enabled children of obj.
+ *
+ * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL
+ * @return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
+ */
+void *av_opt_child_next(void *obj, void *prev);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over potential AVOptions-enabled children of parent.
+ *
+ * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL
+ * @return AVClass corresponding to next potential child or NULL
+ */
+const AVClass *av_opt_child_class_next(const AVClass *parent, const AVClass *prev);
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup opt_set_funcs Option setting functions
+ * @{
+ * Those functions set the field of obj with the given name to value.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass.
+ * @param[in] name the name of the field to set
+ * @param[in] val The value to set. In case of av_opt_set() if the field is not
+ * of a string type, then the given string is parsed.
+ * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported.
+ * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named
+ * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators
+ * is undefined.
+ * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric
+ * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag
+ * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags;
+ * similarly, '-' unsets a flag.
+ * @param search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN
+ * is passed here, then the option may be set on a child of obj.
+ *
+ * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of
+ * error:
+ * AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists
+ * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid
+ */
+int av_opt_set (void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_int (void *obj, const char *name, int64_t val, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_double(void *obj, const char *name, double val, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_q (void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_bin (void *obj, const char *name, const uint8_t *val, int size, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int w, int h, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, enum AVPixelFormat fmt, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags);
+
+/**
+ * Set a binary option to an integer list.
+ *
+ * @param obj AVClass object to set options on
+ * @param name name of the binary option
+ * @param val pointer to an integer list (must have the correct type with
+ * regard to the contents of the list)
+ * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
+ * @param flags search flags
+ */
+#define av_opt_set_int_list(obj, name, val, term, flags) \
+ (av_int_list_length(val, term) > INT_MAX / sizeof(*(val)) ? \
+ AVERROR(EINVAL) : \
+ av_opt_set_bin(obj, name, (const uint8_t *)(val), \
+ av_int_list_length(val, term) * sizeof(*(val)), flags))
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup opt_get_funcs Option getting functions
+ * @{
+ * Those functions get a value of the option with the given name from an object.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass.
+ * @param[in] name name of the option to get.
+ * @param[in] search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN
+ * is passed here, then the option may be found in a child of obj.
+ * @param[out] out_val value of the option will be written here
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+/**
+ * @note the returned string will av_malloc()ed and must be av_free()ed by the caller
+ */
+int av_opt_get (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, uint8_t **out_val);
+int av_opt_get_int (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *out_val);
+int av_opt_get_double(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, double *out_val);
+int av_opt_get_q (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val);
+int av_opt_get_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int *w_out, int *h_out);
+int av_opt_get_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVPixelFormat *out_fmt);
+int av_opt_get_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVSampleFormat *out_fmt);
+int av_opt_get_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/**
+ * Gets a pointer to the requested field in a struct.
+ * This function allows accessing a struct even when its fields are moved or
+ * renamed since the application making the access has been compiled,
+ *
+ * @returns a pointer to the field, it can be cast to the correct type and read
+ * or written to.
+ */
+void *av_opt_ptr(const AVClass *avclass, void *obj, const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVOptionRanges struct and set it to NULL.
+ */
+void av_opt_freep_ranges(AVOptionRanges **ranges);
+
+/**
+ * Get a list of allowed ranges for the given option.
+ *
+ * The returned list may depend on other fields in obj like for example profile.
+ *
+ * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance
+ *
+ * The result must be freed with av_opt_freep_ranges.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative errro code otherwise
+ */
+int av_opt_query_ranges(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Get a default list of allowed ranges for the given option.
+ *
+ * This list is constructed without using the AVClass.query_ranges() callback
+ * and can be used as fallback from within the callback.
+ *
+ * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance
+ *
+ * The result must be freed with av_opt_free_ranges.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative errro code otherwise
+ */
+int av_opt_query_ranges_default(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_OPT_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/parseutils.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/parseutils.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H
+#define AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H
+
+#include
+
+#include "rational.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * misc parsing utilities
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Parse str and store the parsed ratio in q.
+ *
+ * Note that a ratio with infinite (1/0) or negative value is
+ * considered valid, so you should check on the returned value if you
+ * want to exclude those values.
+ *
+ * The undefined value can be expressed using the "0:0" string.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] q pointer to the AVRational which will contain the ratio
+ * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
+ * num:den, a float number or an expression
+ * @param[in] max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator
+ * @param[in] log_offset log level offset which is applied to the log
+ * level of log_ctx
+ * @param[in] log_ctx parent logging context
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_parse_ratio(AVRational *q, const char *str, int max,
+ int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+#define av_parse_ratio_quiet(rate, str, max) \
+ av_parse_ratio(rate, str, max, AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET, NULL)
+
+/**
+ * Parse str and put in width_ptr and height_ptr the detected values.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] width_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected
+ * width value
+ * @param[in,out] height_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected
+ * height value
+ * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
+ * width x height or a valid video size abbreviation.
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_parse_video_size(int *width_ptr, int *height_ptr, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Parse str and store the detected values in *rate.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] rate pointer to the AVRational which will contain the detected
+ * frame rate
+ * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
+ * rate_num / rate_den, a float number or a valid video rate abbreviation
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_parse_video_rate(AVRational *rate, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Put the RGBA values that correspond to color_string in rgba_color.
+ *
+ * @param color_string a string specifying a color. It can be the name of
+ * a color (case insensitive match) or a [0x|#]RRGGBB[AA] sequence,
+ * possibly followed by "@" and a string representing the alpha
+ * component.
+ * The alpha component may be a string composed by "0x" followed by an
+ * hexadecimal number or a decimal number between 0.0 and 1.0, which
+ * represents the opacity value (0x00/0.0 means completely transparent,
+ * 0xff/1.0 completely opaque).
+ * If the alpha component is not specified then 0xff is assumed.
+ * The string "random" will result in a random color.
+ * @param slen length of the initial part of color_string containing the
+ * color. It can be set to -1 if color_string is a null terminated string
+ * containing nothing else than the color.
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value in case of
+ * failure (for example if color_string cannot be parsed).
+ */
+int av_parse_color(uint8_t *rgba_color, const char *color_string, int slen,
+ void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Parse timestr and return in *time a corresponding number of
+ * microseconds.
+ *
+ * @param timeval puts here the number of microseconds corresponding
+ * to the string in timestr. If the string represents a duration, it
+ * is the number of microseconds contained in the time interval. If
+ * the string is a date, is the number of microseconds since 1st of
+ * January, 1970 up to the time of the parsed date. If timestr cannot
+ * be successfully parsed, set *time to INT64_MIN.
+
+ * @param timestr a string representing a date or a duration.
+ * - If a date the syntax is:
+ * @code
+ * [{YYYY-MM-DD|YYYYMMDD}[T|t| ]]{{HH:MM:SS[.m...]]]}|{HHMMSS[.m...]]]}}[Z]
+ * now
+ * @endcode
+ * If the value is "now" it takes the current time.
+ * Time is local time unless Z is appended, in which case it is
+ * interpreted as UTC.
+ * If the year-month-day part is not specified it takes the current
+ * year-month-day.
+ * - If a duration the syntax is:
+ * @code
+ * [-][HH:]MM:SS[.m...]
+ * [-]S+[.m...]
+ * @endcode
+ * @param duration flag which tells how to interpret timestr, if not
+ * zero timestr is interpreted as a duration, otherwise as a date
+ * @return 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_parse_time(int64_t *timeval, const char *timestr, int duration);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the input string p according to the format string fmt and
+ * store its results in the structure dt.
+ * This implementation supports only a subset of the formats supported
+ * by the standard strptime().
+ *
+ * In particular it actually supports the parameters:
+ * - %H: the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
+ * range '00' through '23'
+ * - %J: hours as a decimal number, in the range '0' through INT_MAX
+ * - %M: the minute as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
+ * range '00' through '59'
+ * - %S: the second as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
+ * range '00' through '59'
+ * - %Y: the year as a decimal number, using the Gregorian calendar
+ * - %m: the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' through '12'
+ * - %d: the day of the month as a decimal number, in the range '1'
+ * through '31'
+ * - %%: a literal '%'
+ *
+ * @return a pointer to the first character not processed in this
+ * function call, or NULL in case the function fails to match all of
+ * the fmt string and therefore an error occurred
+ */
+char *av_small_strptime(const char *p, const char *fmt, struct tm *dt);
+
+/**
+ * Attempt to find a specific tag in a URL.
+ *
+ * syntax: '?tag1=val1&tag2=val2...'. Little URL decoding is done.
+ * Return 1 if found.
+ */
+int av_find_info_tag(char *arg, int arg_size, const char *tag1, const char *info);
+
+/**
+ * Convert the decomposed UTC time in tm to a time_t value.
+ */
+time_t av_timegm(struct tm *tm);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/pixdesc.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/pixdesc.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+/*
+ * pixel format descriptor
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H
+#define AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H
+
+#include
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+
+typedef struct AVComponentDescriptor{
+ uint16_t plane :2; ///< which of the 4 planes contains the component
+
+ /**
+ * Number of elements between 2 horizontally consecutive pixels minus 1.
+ * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise.
+ */
+ uint16_t step_minus1 :3;
+
+ /**
+ * Number of elements before the component of the first pixel plus 1.
+ * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise.
+ */
+ uint16_t offset_plus1 :3;
+ uint16_t shift :3; ///< number of least significant bits that must be shifted away to get the value
+ uint16_t depth_minus1 :4; ///< number of bits in the component minus 1
+}AVComponentDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * Descriptor that unambiguously describes how the bits of a pixel are
+ * stored in the up to 4 data planes of an image. It also stores the
+ * subsampling factors and number of components.
+ *
+ * @note This is separate of the colorspace (RGB, YCbCr, YPbPr, JPEG-style YUV
+ * and all the YUV variants) AVPixFmtDescriptor just stores how values
+ * are stored not what these values represent.
+ */
+typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor{
+ const char *name;
+ uint8_t nb_components; ///< The number of components each pixel has, (1-4)
+
+ /**
+ * Amount to shift the luma width right to find the chroma width.
+ * For YV12 this is 1 for example.
+ * chroma_width = -((-luma_width) >> log2_chroma_w)
+ * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up.
+ * This value only refers to the chroma components.
+ */
+ uint8_t log2_chroma_w; ///< chroma_width = -((-luma_width )>>log2_chroma_w)
+
+ /**
+ * Amount to shift the luma height right to find the chroma height.
+ * For YV12 this is 1 for example.
+ * chroma_height= -((-luma_height) >> log2_chroma_h)
+ * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up.
+ * This value only refers to the chroma components.
+ */
+ uint8_t log2_chroma_h;
+ uint8_t flags;
+
+ /**
+ * Parameters that describe how pixels are packed.
+ * If the format has 2 or 4 components, then alpha is last.
+ * If the format has 1 or 2 components, then luma is 0.
+ * If the format has 3 or 4 components,
+ * if the RGB flag is set then 0 is red, 1 is green and 2 is blue;
+ * otherwise 0 is luma, 1 is chroma-U and 2 is chroma-V.
+ */
+ AVComponentDescriptor comp[4];
+}AVPixFmtDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * Pixel format is big-endian.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BE (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * Pixel format has a palette in data[1], values are indexes in this palette.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PAL (1 << 1)
+/**
+ * All values of a component are bit-wise packed end to end.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BITSTREAM (1 << 2)
+/**
+ * Pixel format is an HW accelerated format.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL (1 << 3)
+/**
+ * At least one pixel component is not in the first data plane.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PLANAR (1 << 4)
+/**
+ * The pixel format contains RGB-like data (as opposed to YUV/grayscale).
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_RGB (1 << 5)
+/**
+ * The pixel format is "pseudo-paletted". This means that FFmpeg treats it as
+ * paletted internally, but the palette is generated by the decoder and is not
+ * stored in the file.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PSEUDOPAL (1 << 6)
+/**
+ * The pixel format has an alpha channel.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_ALPHA (1 << 7)
+
+#if FF_API_PIX_FMT
+/**
+ * @deprecate use the AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_* flags
+ */
+#define PIX_FMT_BE AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BE
+#define PIX_FMT_PAL AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PAL
+#define PIX_FMT_BITSTREAM AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BITSTREAM
+#define PIX_FMT_HWACCEL AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL
+#define PIX_FMT_PLANAR AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PLANAR
+#define PIX_FMT_RGB AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_RGB
+#define PIX_FMT_PSEUDOPAL AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PSEUDOPAL
+#define PIX_FMT_ALPHA AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_ALPHA
+#endif
+
+#if FF_API_PIX_FMT_DESC
+/**
+ * The array of all the pixel format descriptors.
+ */
+extern const AVPixFmtDescriptor av_pix_fmt_descriptors[];
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Read a line from an image, and write the values of the
+ * pixel format component c to dst.
+ *
+ * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the image
+ * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
+ * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
+ * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to read
+ * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to read
+ * @param w the width of the line to read, that is the number of
+ * values to write to dst
+ * @param read_pal_component if not zero and the format is a paletted
+ * format writes the values corresponding to the palette
+ * component c in data[1] to dst, rather than the palette indexes in
+ * data[0]. The behavior is undefined if the format is not paletted.
+ */
+void av_read_image_line(uint16_t *dst, const uint8_t *data[4], const int linesize[4],
+ const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component);
+
+/**
+ * Write the values from src to the pixel format component c of an
+ * image line.
+ *
+ * @param src array containing the values to write
+ * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the
+ * image to write into. It is supposed to be zeroed.
+ * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
+ * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
+ * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to write
+ * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to write
+ * @param w the width of the line to write, that is the number of
+ * values to write to the image line
+ */
+void av_write_image_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4], const int linesize[4],
+ const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc, int x, int y, int c, int w);
+
+/**
+ * Return the pixel format corresponding to name.
+ *
+ * If there is no pixel format with name name, then looks for a
+ * pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian
+ * format of name.
+ * For example in a little-endian system, first looks for "gray16",
+ * then for "gray16le".
+ *
+ * Finally if no pixel format has been found, returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE.
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat av_get_pix_fmt(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Return the short name for a pixel format, NULL in case pix_fmt is
+ * unknown.
+ *
+ * @see av_get_pix_fmt(), av_get_pix_fmt_string()
+ */
+const char *av_get_pix_fmt_name(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Print in buf the string corresponding to the pixel format with
+ * number pix_fmt, or an header if pix_fmt is negative.
+ *
+ * @param buf the buffer where to write the string
+ * @param buf_size the size of buf
+ * @param pix_fmt the number of the pixel format to print the
+ * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
+ * corresponding header.
+ */
+char *av_get_pix_fmt_string (char *buf, int buf_size, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Return the number of bits per pixel used by the pixel format
+ * described by pixdesc. Note that this is not the same as the number
+ * of bits per sample.
+ *
+ * The returned number of bits refers to the number of bits actually
+ * used for storing the pixel information, that is padding bits are
+ * not counted.
+ */
+int av_get_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
+
+/**
+ * Return the number of bits per pixel for the pixel format
+ * described by pixdesc, including any padding or unused bits.
+ */
+int av_get_padded_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
+
+/**
+ * @return a pixel format descriptor for provided pixel format or NULL if
+ * this pixel format is unknown.
+ */
+const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_get(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all pixel format descriptors known to libavutil.
+ *
+ * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor.
+ *
+ * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor
+ */
+const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_next(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *prev);
+
+/**
+ * @return an AVPixelFormat id described by desc, or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if desc
+ * is not a valid pointer to a pixel format descriptor.
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_desc_get_id(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc);
+
+/**
+ * Utility function to access log2_chroma_w log2_chroma_h from
+ * the pixel format AVPixFmtDescriptor.
+ *
+ * See avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample() for a function that asserts a
+ * valid pixel format instead of returning an error code.
+ * Its recommanded that you use avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample unless
+ * you do check the return code!
+ *
+ * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format
+ * @param[out] h_shift store log2_chroma_w
+ * @param[out] v_shift store log2_chroma_h
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(ENOSYS) on invalid or unknown pixel format
+ */
+int av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt,
+ int *h_shift, int *v_shift);
+
+/**
+ * @return number of planes in pix_fmt, a negative AVERROR if pix_fmt is not a
+ * valid pixel format.
+ */
+int av_pix_fmt_count_planes(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+void ff_check_pixfmt_descriptors(void);
+
+/**
+ * Utility function to swap the endianness of a pixel format.
+ *
+ * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format
+ *
+ * @return pixel format with swapped endianness if it exists,
+ * otherwise AV_PIX_FMT_NONE
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_swap_endianness(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/pixfmt.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/pixfmt.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H
+#define AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * pixel format definitions
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "avconfig.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+#define AVPALETTE_SIZE 1024
+#define AVPALETTE_COUNT 256
+
+/**
+ * Pixel format.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA
+ * color is put together as:
+ * (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B
+ * This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on
+ * big-endian CPUs.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * When the pixel format is palettized RGB (PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized
+ * image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in
+ * AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is
+ * formatted the same as in PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is
+ * also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB palette
+ * components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255.
+ * This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed
+ * to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * For all the 8bit per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like
+ * for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function
+ * allocating the picture.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * Make sure that all newly added big-endian formats have pix_fmt & 1 == 1
+ * and that all newly added little-endian formats have pix_fmt & 1 == 0.
+ * This allows simpler detection of big vs little-endian.
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat {
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NONE = -1,
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB...
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR...
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp
+ AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
+ AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
+ AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bit with PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range
+ AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_MC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing
+ AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_IDCT,
+ AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1
+ AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB...
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA...
+ AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR...
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA...
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_H264,///< H.264 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG1,///< MPEG-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG2,///< MPEG-2 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_WMV3,///< WMV3 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_VC1, ///< VC-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian, most significant bit to 0
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, most significant bit to 0
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian, most significant bit to 1
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1A 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, most significant bit to 1
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_MOCO, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at motion compensation entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains macroblocks as well as various fields extracted from headers
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_IDCT, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at IDCT entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains fields extracted from headers
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, ///< HW decoding through VA API, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG4, ///< MPEG4 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
+ AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, most significant bits to 0
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, most significant bits to 0
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, most significant bits to 1
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4A 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, most significant bits to 1
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A, ///< 8bit gray, 8bit alpha
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
+
+ //the following 10 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth, thus
+ //If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately
+ //is better
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VDA_VLD, ///< hardware decoding through VDA
+
+#ifdef AV_PIX_FMT_ABI_GIT_MASTER
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
+#endif
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian
+
+ /**
+ * duplicated pixel formats for compatibility with libav.
+ * FFmpeg supports these formats since May 8 2012 and Jan 28 2012 (commits f9ca1ac7 and 143a5c55)
+ * Libav added them Oct 12 2012 with incompatible values (commit 6d5600e85)
+ */
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P_LIBAV, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P_LIBAV, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples)
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU, ///< HW acceleration through VDPAU, Picture.data[3] contains a VdpVideoSurface
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12LE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as little-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0
+ AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12BE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as big-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0
+
+#ifndef AV_PIX_FMT_ABI_GIT_MASTER
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE=0x123, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
+#endif
+ AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB=0x123+4, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, 0RGB0RGB...
+ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGB0RGB0...
+ AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, 0BGR0BGR...
+ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGR0BGR0...
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples)
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples)
+
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 32bpp
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, little-endian
+ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of PIX_FMT_YUV411P and setting color_range
+ AV_PIX_FMT_NB, ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions
+
+#if FF_API_PIX_FMT
+#include "old_pix_fmts.h"
+#endif
+};
+
+#if AV_HAVE_INCOMPATIBLE_FORK_ABI
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P_LIBAV
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P_LIBAV
+#endif
+
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##be
+#else
+# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##le
+#endif
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ARGB, BGRA)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA, ABGR)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ABGR, RGBA)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA, ARGB)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE, RGB48LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB565BE, RGB565LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB555BE, RGB555LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB444BE, RGB444LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR48BE, BGR48LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR565BE, BGR565LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR555BE, BGR555LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR444BE, BGR444LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P9BE , YUV420P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P9BE , YUV422P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P9BE , YUV444P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P10BE, YUV420P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P10BE, YUV422P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P10BE, YUV444P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P12BE, YUV420P12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P12BE, YUV422P12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P12BE, YUV444P12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P14BE, YUV420P14LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P14BE, YUV422P14LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P14BE, YUV444P14LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P16BE, YUV420P16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P16BE, YUV422P16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P16BE, YUV444P16LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA64BE, RGBA64LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA64BE, BGRA64LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP9BE , GBRP9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP10BE, GBRP10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP12BE, GBRP12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP14BE, GBRP14LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE, GBRP16LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P9BE , YUVA420P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P9BE , YUVA422P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P9BE , YUVA444P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P10BE, YUVA420P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P10BE, YUVA422P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P10BE, YUVA444P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P16BE, YUVA420P16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P16BE, YUVA422P16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P16BE, YUVA444P16LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XYZ12BE, XYZ12LE)
+
+#if FF_API_PIX_FMT
+#define PixelFormat AVPixelFormat
+
+#define PIX_FMT_Y400A AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A
+#define PIX_FMT_GBR24P AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P
+
+#define PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le)
+
+#define PIX_FMT_RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32
+#define PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1
+#define PIX_FMT_BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32
+#define PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1
+#define PIX_FMT_0RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32
+#define PIX_FMT_0BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32
+
+#define PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16
+#define PIX_FMT_RGB48 AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48
+#define PIX_FMT_RGB565 AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565
+#define PIX_FMT_RGB555 AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555
+#define PIX_FMT_RGB444 AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444
+#define PIX_FMT_BGR48 AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48
+#define PIX_FMT_BGR565 AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565
+#define PIX_FMT_BGR555 AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555
+#define PIX_FMT_BGR444 AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444
+
+#define PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9
+#define PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9
+#define PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9
+#define PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10
+#define PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10
+#define PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10
+#define PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12
+#define PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12
+#define PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12
+#define PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14
+#define PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14
+#define PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14
+#define PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16
+#define PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16
+#define PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16
+
+#define PIX_FMT_RGBA64 AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64
+#define PIX_FMT_BGRA64 AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64
+#define PIX_FMT_GBRP9 AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9
+#define PIX_FMT_GBRP10 AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10
+#define PIX_FMT_GBRP12 AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12
+#define PIX_FMT_GBRP14 AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14
+#define PIX_FMT_GBRP16 AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16
+#endif
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/random_seed.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/random_seed.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Baptiste Coudurier
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H
+#define AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H
+
+#include
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Get a seed to use in conjunction with random functions.
+ * This function tries to provide a good seed at a best effort bases.
+ * Its possible to call this function multiple times if more bits are needed.
+ * It can be quite slow, which is why it should only be used as seed for a faster
+ * PRNG. The quality of the seed depends on the platform.
+ */
+uint32_t av_get_random_seed(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/rational.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/rational.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/*
+ * rational numbers
+ * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * rational numbers
+ * @author Michael Niedermayer
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H
+#define AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H
+
+#include
+#include
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_math
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * rational number numerator/denominator
+ */
+typedef struct AVRational{
+ int num; ///< numerator
+ int den; ///< denominator
+} AVRational;
+
+/**
+ * Compare two rationals.
+ * @param a first rational
+ * @param b second rational
+ * @return 0 if a==b, 1 if a>b, -1 if a>63)|1;
+ else if(b.den && a.den) return 0;
+ else if(a.num && b.num) return (a.num>>31) - (b.num>>31);
+ else return INT_MIN;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert rational to double.
+ * @param a rational to convert
+ * @return (double) a
+ */
+static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){
+ return a.num / (double) a.den;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reduce a fraction.
+ * This is useful for framerate calculations.
+ * @param dst_num destination numerator
+ * @param dst_den destination denominator
+ * @param num source numerator
+ * @param den source denominator
+ * @param max the maximum allowed for dst_num & dst_den
+ * @return 1 if exact, 0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_reduce(int *dst_num, int *dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, int64_t max);
+
+/**
+ * Multiply two rationals.
+ * @param b first rational
+ * @param c second rational
+ * @return b*c
+ */
+AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Divide one rational by another.
+ * @param b first rational
+ * @param c second rational
+ * @return b/c
+ */
+AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Add two rationals.
+ * @param b first rational
+ * @param c second rational
+ * @return b+c
+ */
+AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Subtract one rational from another.
+ * @param b first rational
+ * @param c second rational
+ * @return b-c
+ */
+AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Invert a rational.
+ * @param q value
+ * @return 1 / q
+ */
+static av_always_inline AVRational av_inv_q(AVRational q)
+{
+ AVRational r = { q.den, q.num };
+ return r;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational.
+ * inf is expressed as {1,0} or {-1,0} depending on the sign.
+ *
+ * @param d double to convert
+ * @param max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator
+ * @return (AVRational) d
+ */
+AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * @return 1 if q1 is nearer to q than q2, -1 if q2 is nearer
+ * than q1, 0 if they have the same distance.
+ */
+int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2);
+
+/**
+ * Find the nearest value in q_list to q.
+ * @param q_list an array of rationals terminated by {0, 0}
+ * @return the index of the nearest value found in the array
+ */
+int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/samplefmt.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/samplefmt.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H
+#define AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H
+
+#include
+
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * Audio Sample Formats
+ *
+ * @par
+ * The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order.
+ * Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a signed
+ * 24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range
+ * [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in FFmpeg
+ * (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows:
+ *
+ * For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane,
+ * and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data
+ * planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data
+ * plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case,
+ * linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane.
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat {
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1,
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8, ///< unsigned 8 bits
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, ///< signed 16 bits
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32, ///< signed 32 bits
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT, ///< float
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL, ///< double
+
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P, ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P, ///< signed 16 bits, planar
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar
+
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically
+};
+
+/**
+ * Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not
+ * recognized.
+ */
+const char *av_get_sample_fmt_name(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE
+ * on error.
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_sample_fmt(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or
+ * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the
+ * requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the
+ * input.
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_alt_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int planar);
+
+/**
+ * Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format.
+ *
+ * If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is
+ * the same as the input.
+ *
+ * @return the packed alternative form of the given sample format or
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error.
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_packed_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format.
+ *
+ * If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is
+ * the same as the input.
+ *
+ * @return the planar alternative form of the given sample format or
+ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error.
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_planar_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with
+ * sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative.
+ *
+ * @param buf the buffer where to write the string
+ * @param buf_size the size of buf
+ * @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the
+ * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
+ * corresponding header.
+ * @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is
+ * unknown or in case of other errors
+ */
+char *av_get_sample_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+#if FF_API_GET_BITS_PER_SAMPLE_FMT
+/**
+ * @deprecated Use av_get_bytes_per_sample() instead.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_get_bits_per_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Return number of bytes per sample.
+ *
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format
+ * @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given
+ * sample format
+ */
+int av_get_bytes_per_sample(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the sample format is planar.
+ *
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect
+ * @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved
+ */
+int av_sample_fmt_is_planar(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters.
+ *
+ * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL
+ * @param nb_channels the number of channels
+ * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format
+ * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
+ * @return required buffer size, or negative error code on failure
+ */
+int av_samples_get_buffer_size(int *linesize, int nb_channels, int nb_samples,
+ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample
+ * format sample_fmt.
+ *
+ * The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes:
+ * for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer,
+ * for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only.
+ *
+ * The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each
+ * channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the
+ * buffer for all channels for packed layout.
+ *
+ * The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples
+ * (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size),
+ * otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel
+ * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL
+ * @param buf the pointer to a buffer containing the samples
+ * @param nb_channels the number of channels
+ * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format
+ * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
+ * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure
+ * @todo return minimum size in bytes required for the buffer in case
+ * of success at the next bump
+ */
+int av_samples_fill_arrays(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize,
+ const uint8_t *buf,
+ int nb_channels, int nb_samples,
+ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and
+ * linesize accordingly.
+ * The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0])
+ * Allocated data will be initialized to silence.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel
+ * @param[out] linesize aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL
+ * @param nb_channels number of audio channels
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples per channel
+ * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
+ * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure
+ * @todo return the size of the allocated buffer in case of success at the next bump
+ * @see av_samples_fill_arrays()
+ * @see av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples()
+ */
+int av_samples_alloc(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels,
+ int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a data pointers array, samples buffer for nb_samples
+ * samples, and fill data pointers and linesize accordingly.
+ *
+ * This is the same as av_samples_alloc(), but also allocates the data
+ * pointers array.
+ *
+ * @see av_samples_alloc()
+ */
+int av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples(uint8_t ***audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels,
+ int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Copy samples from src to dst.
+ *
+ * @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes
+ * @param src source array of pointers to data planes
+ * @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst
+ * @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied
+ * @param nb_channels number of audio channels
+ * @param sample_fmt audio sample format
+ */
+int av_samples_copy(uint8_t **dst, uint8_t * const *src, int dst_offset,
+ int src_offset, int nb_samples, int nb_channels,
+ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Fill an audio buffer with silence.
+ *
+ * @param audio_data array of pointers to data planes
+ * @param offset offset in samples at which to start filling
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to fill
+ * @param nb_channels number of audio channels
+ * @param sample_fmt audio sample format
+ */
+int av_samples_set_silence(uint8_t **audio_data, int offset, int nb_samples,
+ int nb_channels, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/sha.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/sha.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA_H
+#define AVUTIL_SHA_H
+
+#include
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_sha SHA
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_sha_size;
+
+struct AVSHA;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVSHA context.
+ */
+struct AVSHA *av_sha_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize SHA-1 or SHA-2 hashing.
+ *
+ * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha_size)
+ * @param bits number of bits in digest (SHA-1 - 160 bits, SHA-2 224 or 256 bits)
+ * @return zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise
+ */
+int av_sha_init(struct AVSHA* context, int bits);
+
+/**
+ * Update hash value.
+ *
+ * @param context hash function context
+ * @param data input data to update hash with
+ * @param len input data length
+ */
+void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len);
+
+/**
+ * Finish hashing and output digest value.
+ *
+ * @param context hash function context
+ * @param digest buffer where output digest value is stored
+ */
+void av_sha_final(struct AVSHA* context, uint8_t *digest);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/time.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/time.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_TIME_H
+#define AVUTIL_TIME_H
+
+#include
+
+/**
+ * Get the current time in microseconds.
+ */
+int64_t av_gettime(void);
+
+/**
+ * Sleep for a period of time. Although the duration is expressed in
+ * microseconds, the actual delay may be rounded to the precision of the
+ * system timer.
+ *
+ * @param usec Number of microseconds to sleep.
+ * @return zero on success or (negative) error code.
+ */
+int av_usleep(unsigned usec);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_TIME_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/timecode.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/timecode.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 Smartjog S.A.S, Baptiste Coudurier
+ * Copyright (c) 2011-2012 Smartjog S.A.S, Clément Bœsch
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Timecode helpers header
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H
+#define AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H
+
+#include
+#include "rational.h"
+
+#define AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE 16
+
+enum AVTimecodeFlag {
+ AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_DROPFRAME = 1<<0, ///< timecode is drop frame
+ AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_24HOURSMAX = 1<<1, ///< timecode wraps after 24 hours
+ AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_ALLOWNEGATIVE = 1<<2, ///< negative time values are allowed
+};
+
+typedef struct {
+ int start; ///< timecode frame start (first base frame number)
+ uint32_t flags; ///< flags such as drop frame, +24 hours support, ...
+ AVRational rate; ///< frame rate in rational form
+ unsigned fps; ///< frame per second; must be consistent with the rate field
+} AVTimecode;
+
+/**
+ * Adjust frame number for NTSC drop frame time code.
+ *
+ * @param framenum frame number to adjust
+ * @param fps frame per second, 30 or 60
+ * @return adjusted frame number
+ * @warning adjustment is only valid in NTSC 29.97 and 59.94
+ */
+int av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2(int framenum, int fps);
+
+/**
+ * Convert frame number to SMPTE 12M binary representation.
+ *
+ * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized
+ * @param framenum frame number
+ * @return the SMPTE binary representation
+ *
+ * @note Frame number adjustment is automatically done in case of drop timecode,
+ * you do NOT have to call av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2().
+ * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start.
+ * @note Color frame (CF), binary group flags (BGF) and biphase mark polarity
+ * correction (PC) bits are set to zero.
+ */
+uint32_t av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum(const AVTimecode *tc, int framenum);
+
+/**
+ * Load timecode string in buf.
+ *
+ * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long
+ * @param tc timecode data correctly initialized
+ * @param framenum frame number
+ * @return the buf parameter
+ *
+ * @note Timecode representation can be a negative timecode and have more than
+ * 24 hours, but will only be honored if the flags are correctly set.
+ * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start.
+ */
+char *av_timecode_make_string(const AVTimecode *tc, char *buf, int framenum);
+
+/**
+ * Get the timecode string from the SMPTE timecode format.
+ *
+ * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long
+ * @param tcsmpte the 32-bit SMPTE timecode
+ * @param prevent_df prevent the use of a drop flag when it is known the DF bit
+ * is arbitrary
+ * @return the buf parameter
+ */
+char *av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tcsmpte, int prevent_df);
+
+/**
+ * Get the timecode string from the 25-bit timecode format (MPEG GOP format).
+ *
+ * @param buf destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long
+ * @param tc25bit the 25-bits timecode
+ * @return the buf parameter
+ */
+char *av_timecode_make_mpeg_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tc25bit);
+
+/**
+ * Init a timecode struct with the passed parameters.
+ *
+ * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field
+ * is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log)
+ * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode
+ * @param rate frame rate in rational form
+ * @param flags miscellaneous flags such as drop frame, +24 hours, ...
+ * (see AVTimecodeFlag)
+ * @param frame_start the first frame number
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise
+ */
+int av_timecode_init(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, int flags, int frame_start, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Parse timecode representation (hh:mm:ss[:;.]ff).
+ *
+ * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ * pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log).
+ * @param tc pointer to an allocated AVTimecode
+ * @param rate frame rate in rational form
+ * @param str timecode string which will determine the frame start
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR otherwise
+ */
+int av_timecode_init_from_string(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, const char *str, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the timecode feature is available for the given frame rate
+ *
+ * @return 0 if supported, <0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_timecode_check_frame_rate(AVRational rate);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/timestamp.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/timestamp.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * timestamp utils, mostly useful for debugging/logging purposes
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H
+#define AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H
+
+#include "common.h"
+
+#define AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32
+
+/**
+ * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp
+ * representation.
+ *
+ * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE
+ * @param ts the timestamp to represent
+ * @return the buffer in input
+ */
+static inline char *av_ts_make_string(char *buf, int64_t ts)
+{
+ if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS");
+ else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%"PRId64"", ts);
+ return buf;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in
+ * function arguments but never stand-alone.
+ */
+#define av_ts2str(ts) av_ts_make_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts)
+
+/**
+ * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp time
+ * representation.
+ *
+ * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE
+ * @param ts the timestamp to represent
+ * @param tb the timebase of the timestamp
+ * @return the buffer in input
+ */
+static inline char *av_ts_make_time_string(char *buf, int64_t ts, AVRational *tb)
+{
+ if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS");
+ else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%.6g", av_q2d(*tb) * ts);
+ return buf;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in
+ * function arguments but never stand-alone.
+ */
+#define av_ts2timestr(ts, tb) av_ts_make_time_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts, tb)
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/version.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/version.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_VERSION_H
+#define AVUTIL_VERSION_H
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros
+ *
+ * String manipulation macros
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define AV_STRINGIFY(s) AV_TOSTRING(s)
+#define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s
+
+#define AV_GLUE(a, b) a ## b
+#define AV_JOIN(a, b) AV_GLUE(a, b)
+
+#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros
+ *
+ * Useful to check and match library version in order to maintain
+ * backward compatibility.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define AV_VERSION_INT(a, b, c) (a<<16 | b<<8 | c)
+#define AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) a ##.## b ##.## c
+#define AV_VERSION(a, b, c) AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu
+ * Libavutil version macros
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_ver Version and Build diagnostics
+ *
+ * Macros and function useful to check at compiletime and at runtime
+ * which version of libavutil is in use.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR 52
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR 33
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO 100
+
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVUTIL_BUILD LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT
+
+#define LIBAVUTIL_IDENT "Lavu" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup depr_guards Deprecation guards
+ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
+ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
+ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef FF_API_GET_BITS_PER_SAMPLE_FMT
+#define FF_API_GET_BITS_PER_SAMPLE_FMT (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 53)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_FIND_OPT
+#define FF_API_FIND_OPT (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 53)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS
+#define FF_API_OLD_AVOPTIONS (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 53)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_PIX_FMT
+#define FF_API_PIX_FMT (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 53)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_CONTEXT_SIZE
+#define FF_API_CONTEXT_SIZE (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 53)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_PIX_FMT_DESC
+#define FF_API_PIX_FMT_DESC (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 53)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_AV_REVERSE
+#define FF_API_AV_REVERSE (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 53)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_AUDIOCONVERT
+#define FF_API_AUDIOCONVERT (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 53)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_CPU_FLAG_MMX2
+#define FF_API_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 53)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_SAMPLES_UTILS_RETURN_ZERO
+#define FF_API_SAMPLES_UTILS_RETURN_ZERO (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 53)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_LLS_PRIVATE
+#define FF_API_LLS_PRIVATE (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 53)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_AVFRAME_LAVC
+#define FF_API_AVFRAME_LAVC (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 53)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_VERSION_H */
+
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libavutil/xtea.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libavutil/xtea.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/*
+ * A 32-bit implementation of the XTEA algorithm
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_XTEA_H
+#define AVUTIL_XTEA_H
+
+#include
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_xtea XTEA
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+typedef struct AVXTEA {
+ uint32_t key[16];
+} AVXTEA;
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVXTEA context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVXTEA context
+ * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption
+ */
+void av_xtea_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVXTEA context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_xtea_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
+ int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_XTEA_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libswresample/swresample.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libswresample/swresample.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Michael Niedermayer (michaelni@gmx.at)
+ *
+ * This file is part of libswresample
+ *
+ * libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H
+#define SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lswr
+ * libswresample public header
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lswr Libswresample
+ * @{
+ *
+ * Libswresample (lswr) is a library that handles audio resampling, sample
+ * format conversion and mixing.
+ *
+ * Interaction with lswr is done through SwrContext, which is
+ * allocated with swr_alloc() or swr_alloc_set_opts(). It is opaque, so all parameters
+ * must be set with the @ref avoptions API.
+ *
+ * For example the following code will setup conversion from planar float sample
+ * format to interleaved signed 16-bit integer, downsampling from 48kHz to
+ * 44.1kHz and downmixing from 5.1 channels to stereo (using the default mixing
+ * matrix):
+ * @code
+ * SwrContext *swr = swr_alloc();
+ * av_opt_set_int(swr, "in_channel_layout", AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1, 0);
+ * av_opt_set_int(swr, "out_channel_layout", AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO, 0);
+ * av_opt_set_int(swr, "in_sample_rate", 48000, 0);
+ * av_opt_set_int(swr, "out_sample_rate", 44100, 0);
+ * av_opt_set_sample_fmt(swr, "in_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, 0);
+ * av_opt_set_sample_fmt(swr, "out_sample_fmt", AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * Once all values have been set, it must be initialized with swr_init(). If
+ * you need to change the conversion parameters, you can change the parameters
+ * as described above, or by using swr_alloc_set_opts(), then call swr_init()
+ * again.
+ *
+ * The conversion itself is done by repeatedly calling swr_convert().
+ * Note that the samples may get buffered in swr if you provide insufficient
+ * output space or if sample rate conversion is done, which requires "future"
+ * samples. Samples that do not require future input can be retrieved at any
+ * time by using swr_convert() (in_count can be set to 0).
+ * At the end of conversion the resampling buffer can be flushed by calling
+ * swr_convert() with NULL in and 0 in_count.
+ *
+ * The delay between input and output, can at any time be found by using
+ * swr_get_delay().
+ *
+ * The following code demonstrates the conversion loop assuming the parameters
+ * from above and caller-defined functions get_input() and handle_output():
+ * @code
+ * uint8_t **input;
+ * int in_samples;
+ *
+ * while (get_input(&input, &in_samples)) {
+ * uint8_t *output;
+ * int out_samples = av_rescale_rnd(swr_get_delay(swr, 48000) +
+ * in_samples, 44100, 48000, AV_ROUND_UP);
+ * av_samples_alloc(&output, NULL, 2, out_samples,
+ * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, 0);
+ * out_samples = swr_convert(swr, &output, out_samples,
+ * input, in_samples);
+ * handle_output(output, out_samples);
+ * av_freep(&output);
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * When the conversion is finished, the conversion
+ * context and everything associated with it must be freed with swr_free().
+ * There will be no memory leak if the data is not completely flushed before
+ * swr_free().
+ */
+
+#include
+#include "lib/libavutil/samplefmt.h"
+
+#include "lib/libswresample/version.h"
+
+#if LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR < 1
+#define SWR_CH_MAX 32 ///< Maximum number of channels
+#endif
+
+#define SWR_FLAG_RESAMPLE 1 ///< Force resampling even if equal sample rate
+//TODO use int resample ?
+//long term TODO can we enable this dynamically?
+
+enum SwrDitherType {
+ SWR_DITHER_NONE = 0,
+ SWR_DITHER_RECTANGULAR,
+ SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR,
+ SWR_DITHER_TRIANGULAR_HIGHPASS,
+
+ SWR_DITHER_NS = 64, ///< not part of API/ABI
+ SWR_DITHER_NS_LIPSHITZ,
+ SWR_DITHER_NS_F_WEIGHTED,
+ SWR_DITHER_NS_MODIFIED_E_WEIGHTED,
+ SWR_DITHER_NS_IMPROVED_E_WEIGHTED,
+ SWR_DITHER_NS_SHIBATA,
+ SWR_DITHER_NS_LOW_SHIBATA,
+ SWR_DITHER_NS_HIGH_SHIBATA,
+ SWR_DITHER_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI
+};
+
+/** Resampling Engines */
+enum SwrEngine {
+ SWR_ENGINE_SWR, /**< SW Resampler */
+ SWR_ENGINE_SOXR, /**< SoX Resampler */
+ SWR_ENGINE_NB, ///< not part of API/ABI
+};
+
+/** Resampling Filter Types */
+enum SwrFilterType {
+ SWR_FILTER_TYPE_CUBIC, /**< Cubic */
+ SWR_FILTER_TYPE_BLACKMAN_NUTTALL, /**< Blackman Nuttall Windowed Sinc */
+ SWR_FILTER_TYPE_KAISER, /**< Kaiser Windowed Sinc */
+};
+
+typedef struct SwrContext SwrContext;
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVClass for swrContext. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ */
+const AVClass *swr_get_class(void);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate SwrContext.
+ *
+ * If you use this function you will need to set the parameters (manually or
+ * with swr_alloc_set_opts()) before calling swr_init().
+ *
+ * @see swr_alloc_set_opts(), swr_init(), swr_free()
+ * @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise
+ */
+struct SwrContext *swr_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize context after user parameters have been set.
+ *
+ * @return AVERROR error code in case of failure.
+ */
+int swr_init(struct SwrContext *s);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate SwrContext if needed and set/reset common parameters.
+ *
+ * This function does not require s to be allocated with swr_alloc(). On the
+ * other hand, swr_alloc() can use swr_alloc_set_opts() to set the parameters
+ * on the allocated context.
+ *
+ * @param s Swr context, can be NULL
+ * @param out_ch_layout output channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*)
+ * @param out_sample_fmt output sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*).
+ * @param out_sample_rate output sample rate (frequency in Hz)
+ * @param in_ch_layout input channel layout (AV_CH_LAYOUT_*)
+ * @param in_sample_fmt input sample format (AV_SAMPLE_FMT_*).
+ * @param in_sample_rate input sample rate (frequency in Hz)
+ * @param log_offset logging level offset
+ * @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL
+ *
+ * @see swr_init(), swr_free()
+ * @return NULL on error, allocated context otherwise
+ */
+struct SwrContext *swr_alloc_set_opts(struct SwrContext *s,
+ int64_t out_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat out_sample_fmt, int out_sample_rate,
+ int64_t in_ch_layout, enum AVSampleFormat in_sample_fmt, int in_sample_rate,
+ int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Free the given SwrContext and set the pointer to NULL.
+ */
+void swr_free(struct SwrContext **s);
+
+/**
+ * Convert audio.
+ *
+ * in and in_count can be set to 0 to flush the last few samples out at the
+ * end.
+ *
+ * If more input is provided than output space then the input will be buffered.
+ * You can avoid this buffering by providing more output space than input.
+ * Convertion will run directly without copying whenever possible.
+ *
+ * @param s allocated Swr context, with parameters set
+ * @param out output buffers, only the first one need be set in case of packed audio
+ * @param out_count amount of space available for output in samples per channel
+ * @param in input buffers, only the first one need to be set in case of packed audio
+ * @param in_count number of input samples available in one channel
+ *
+ * @return number of samples output per channel, negative value on error
+ */
+int swr_convert(struct SwrContext *s, uint8_t **out, int out_count,
+ const uint8_t **in , int in_count);
+
+/**
+ * Convert the next timestamp from input to output
+ * timestamps are in 1/(in_sample_rate * out_sample_rate) units.
+ *
+ * @note There are 2 slightly differently behaving modes.
+ * First is when automatic timestamp compensation is not used, (min_compensation >= FLT_MAX)
+ * in this case timestamps will be passed through with delays compensated
+ * Second is when automatic timestamp compensation is used, (min_compensation < FLT_MAX)
+ * in this case the output timestamps will match output sample numbers
+ *
+ * @param pts timestamp for the next input sample, INT64_MIN if unknown
+ * @return the output timestamp for the next output sample
+ */
+int64_t swr_next_pts(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t pts);
+
+/**
+ * Activate resampling compensation.
+ */
+int swr_set_compensation(struct SwrContext *s, int sample_delta, int compensation_distance);
+
+/**
+ * Set a customized input channel mapping.
+ *
+ * @param s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized
+ * @param channel_map customized input channel mapping (array of channel
+ * indexes, -1 for a muted channel)
+ * @return AVERROR error code in case of failure.
+ */
+int swr_set_channel_mapping(struct SwrContext *s, const int *channel_map);
+
+/**
+ * Set a customized remix matrix.
+ *
+ * @param s allocated Swr context, not yet initialized
+ * @param matrix remix coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is
+ * the weight of input channel i in output channel o
+ * @param stride offset between lines of the matrix
+ * @return AVERROR error code in case of failure.
+ */
+int swr_set_matrix(struct SwrContext *s, const double *matrix, int stride);
+
+/**
+ * Drops the specified number of output samples.
+ */
+int swr_drop_output(struct SwrContext *s, int count);
+
+/**
+ * Injects the specified number of silence samples.
+ */
+int swr_inject_silence(struct SwrContext *s, int count);
+
+/**
+ * Gets the delay the next input sample will experience relative to the next output sample.
+ *
+ * Swresample can buffer data if more input has been provided than available
+ * output space, also converting between sample rates needs a delay.
+ * This function returns the sum of all such delays.
+ * The exact delay is not necessarily an integer value in either input or
+ * output sample rate. Especially when downsampling by a large value, the
+ * output sample rate may be a poor choice to represent the delay, similarly
+ * for upsampling and the input sample rate.
+ *
+ * @param s swr context
+ * @param base timebase in which the returned delay will be
+ * if its set to 1 the returned delay is in seconds
+ * if its set to 1000 the returned delay is in milli seconds
+ * if its set to the input sample rate then the returned delay is in input samples
+ * if its set to the output sample rate then the returned delay is in output samples
+ * an exact rounding free delay can be found by using LCM(in_sample_rate, out_sample_rate)
+ * @returns the delay in 1/base units.
+ */
+int64_t swr_get_delay(struct SwrContext *s, int64_t base);
+
+/**
+ * Return the LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT constant.
+ */
+unsigned swresample_version(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the swr build-time configuration.
+ */
+const char *swresample_configuration(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the swr license.
+ */
+const char *swresample_license(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_SWRESAMPLE_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libswresample/version.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libswresample/version.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/*
+ * Version macros.
+ *
+ * This file is part of libswresample
+ *
+ * libswresample is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * libswresample is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with libswresample; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef SWR_VERSION_H
+#define SWR_VERSION_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Libswresample version macros
+ */
+
+#include "lib/libavutil/avutil.h"
+
+#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR 0
+#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR 17
+#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO 102
+
+#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_BUILD LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT
+
+#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_IDENT "SwR" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION)
+
+#endif /* SWR_VERSION_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libswscale/swscale.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libswscale/swscale.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2001-2011 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H
+#define SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lsws
+ * external API header
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lsws Libswscale
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include
+
+#include "../libavutil/avutil.h"
+#include "../libavutil/log.h"
+#include "../libavutil/pixfmt.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * Return the LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT constant.
+ */
+unsigned swscale_version(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libswscale build-time configuration.
+ */
+const char *swscale_configuration(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libswscale license.
+ */
+const char *swscale_license(void);
+
+/* values for the flags, the stuff on the command line is different */
+#define SWS_FAST_BILINEAR 1
+#define SWS_BILINEAR 2
+#define SWS_BICUBIC 4
+#define SWS_X 8
+#define SWS_POINT 0x10
+#define SWS_AREA 0x20
+#define SWS_BICUBLIN 0x40
+#define SWS_GAUSS 0x80
+#define SWS_SINC 0x100
+#define SWS_LANCZOS 0x200
+#define SWS_SPLINE 0x400
+
+#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_MASK 0x30000
+#define SWS_SRC_V_CHR_DROP_SHIFT 16
+
+#define SWS_PARAM_DEFAULT 123456
+
+#define SWS_PRINT_INFO 0x1000
+
+//the following 3 flags are not completely implemented
+//internal chrominace subsampling info
+#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INT 0x2000
+//input subsampling info
+#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INP 0x4000
+#define SWS_DIRECT_BGR 0x8000
+#define SWS_ACCURATE_RND 0x40000
+#define SWS_BITEXACT 0x80000
+#define SWS_ERROR_DIFFUSION 0x800000
+
+#if FF_API_SWS_CPU_CAPS
+/**
+ * CPU caps are autodetected now, those flags
+ * are only provided for API compatibility.
+ */
+#define SWS_CPU_CAPS_MMX 0x80000000
+#define SWS_CPU_CAPS_MMXEXT 0x20000000
+#define SWS_CPU_CAPS_MMX2 0x20000000
+#define SWS_CPU_CAPS_3DNOW 0x40000000
+#define SWS_CPU_CAPS_ALTIVEC 0x10000000
+#define SWS_CPU_CAPS_BFIN 0x01000000
+#define SWS_CPU_CAPS_SSE2 0x02000000
+#endif
+
+#define SWS_MAX_REDUCE_CUTOFF 0.002
+
+#define SWS_CS_ITU709 1
+#define SWS_CS_FCC 4
+#define SWS_CS_ITU601 5
+#define SWS_CS_ITU624 5
+#define SWS_CS_SMPTE170M 5
+#define SWS_CS_SMPTE240M 7
+#define SWS_CS_DEFAULT 5
+
+/**
+ * Return a pointer to yuv<->rgb coefficients for the given colorspace
+ * suitable for sws_setColorspaceDetails().
+ *
+ * @param colorspace One of the SWS_CS_* macros. If invalid,
+ * SWS_CS_DEFAULT is used.
+ */
+const int *sws_getCoefficients(int colorspace);
+
+// when used for filters they must have an odd number of elements
+// coeffs cannot be shared between vectors
+typedef struct SwsVector {
+ double *coeff; ///< pointer to the list of coefficients
+ int length; ///< number of coefficients in the vector
+} SwsVector;
+
+// vectors can be shared
+typedef struct SwsFilter {
+ SwsVector *lumH;
+ SwsVector *lumV;
+ SwsVector *chrH;
+ SwsVector *chrV;
+} SwsFilter;
+
+struct SwsContext;
+
+/**
+ * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported input format, 0
+ * otherwise.
+ */
+int sws_isSupportedInput(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Return a positive value if pix_fmt is a supported output format, 0
+ * otherwise.
+ */
+int sws_isSupportedOutput(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format
+ * @return a positive value if an endianness conversion for pix_fmt is
+ * supported, 0 otherwise.
+ */
+int sws_isSupportedEndiannessConversion(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an empty SwsContext. This must be filled and passed to
+ * sws_init_context(). For filling see AVOptions, options.c and
+ * sws_setColorspaceDetails().
+ */
+struct SwsContext *sws_alloc_context(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize the swscaler context sws_context.
+ *
+ * @return zero or positive value on success, a negative value on
+ * error
+ */
+int sws_init_context(struct SwsContext *sws_context, SwsFilter *srcFilter, SwsFilter *dstFilter);
+
+/**
+ * Free the swscaler context swsContext.
+ * If swsContext is NULL, then does nothing.
+ */
+void sws_freeContext(struct SwsContext *swsContext);
+
+#if FF_API_SWS_GETCONTEXT
+/**
+ * Allocate and return an SwsContext. You need it to perform
+ * scaling/conversion operations using sws_scale().
+ *
+ * @param srcW the width of the source image
+ * @param srcH the height of the source image
+ * @param srcFormat the source image format
+ * @param dstW the width of the destination image
+ * @param dstH the height of the destination image
+ * @param dstFormat the destination image format
+ * @param flags specify which algorithm and options to use for rescaling
+ * @return a pointer to an allocated context, or NULL in case of error
+ * @note this function is to be removed after a saner alternative is
+ * written
+ * @deprecated Use sws_getCachedContext() instead.
+ */
+struct SwsContext *sws_getContext(int srcW, int srcH, enum AVPixelFormat srcFormat,
+ int dstW, int dstH, enum AVPixelFormat dstFormat,
+ int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter,
+ SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Scale the image slice in srcSlice and put the resulting scaled
+ * slice in the image in dst. A slice is a sequence of consecutive
+ * rows in an image.
+ *
+ * Slices have to be provided in sequential order, either in
+ * top-bottom or bottom-top order. If slices are provided in
+ * non-sequential order the behavior of the function is undefined.
+ *
+ * @param c the scaling context previously created with
+ * sws_getContext()
+ * @param srcSlice the array containing the pointers to the planes of
+ * the source slice
+ * @param srcStride the array containing the strides for each plane of
+ * the source image
+ * @param srcSliceY the position in the source image of the slice to
+ * process, that is the number (counted starting from
+ * zero) in the image of the first row of the slice
+ * @param srcSliceH the height of the source slice, that is the number
+ * of rows in the slice
+ * @param dst the array containing the pointers to the planes of
+ * the destination image
+ * @param dstStride the array containing the strides for each plane of
+ * the destination image
+ * @return the height of the output slice
+ */
+int sws_scale(struct SwsContext *c, const uint8_t *const srcSlice[],
+ const int srcStride[], int srcSliceY, int srcSliceH,
+ uint8_t *const dst[], const int dstStride[]);
+
+/**
+ * @param dstRange flag indicating the while-black range of the output (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg)
+ * @param srcRange flag indicating the while-black range of the input (1=jpeg / 0=mpeg)
+ * @param table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the output yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x]
+ * @param inv_table the yuv2rgb coefficients describing the input yuv space, normally ff_yuv2rgb_coeffs[x]
+ * @param brightness 16.16 fixed point brightness correction
+ * @param contrast 16.16 fixed point contrast correction
+ * @param saturation 16.16 fixed point saturation correction
+ * @return -1 if not supported
+ */
+int sws_setColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, const int inv_table[4],
+ int srcRange, const int table[4], int dstRange,
+ int brightness, int contrast, int saturation);
+
+/**
+ * @return -1 if not supported
+ */
+int sws_getColorspaceDetails(struct SwsContext *c, int **inv_table,
+ int *srcRange, int **table, int *dstRange,
+ int *brightness, int *contrast, int *saturation);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and return an uninitialized vector with length coefficients.
+ */
+SwsVector *sws_allocVec(int length);
+
+/**
+ * Return a normalized Gaussian curve used to filter stuff
+ * quality = 3 is high quality, lower is lower quality.
+ */
+SwsVector *sws_getGaussianVec(double variance, double quality);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and return a vector with length coefficients, all
+ * with the same value c.
+ */
+SwsVector *sws_getConstVec(double c, int length);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and return a vector with just one coefficient, with
+ * value 1.0.
+ */
+SwsVector *sws_getIdentityVec(void);
+
+/**
+ * Scale all the coefficients of a by the scalar value.
+ */
+void sws_scaleVec(SwsVector *a, double scalar);
+
+/**
+ * Scale all the coefficients of a so that their sum equals height.
+ */
+void sws_normalizeVec(SwsVector *a, double height);
+void sws_convVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
+void sws_addVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
+void sws_subVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
+void sws_shiftVec(SwsVector *a, int shift);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and return a clone of the vector a, that is a vector
+ * with the same coefficients as a.
+ */
+SwsVector *sws_cloneVec(SwsVector *a);
+
+/**
+ * Print with av_log() a textual representation of the vector a
+ * if log_level <= av_log_level.
+ */
+void sws_printVec2(SwsVector *a, AVClass *log_ctx, int log_level);
+
+void sws_freeVec(SwsVector *a);
+
+SwsFilter *sws_getDefaultFilter(float lumaGBlur, float chromaGBlur,
+ float lumaSharpen, float chromaSharpen,
+ float chromaHShift, float chromaVShift,
+ int verbose);
+void sws_freeFilter(SwsFilter *filter);
+
+/**
+ * Check if context can be reused, otherwise reallocate a new one.
+ *
+ * If context is NULL, just calls sws_getContext() to get a new
+ * context. Otherwise, checks if the parameters are the ones already
+ * saved in context. If that is the case, returns the current
+ * context. Otherwise, frees context and gets a new context with
+ * the new parameters.
+ *
+ * Be warned that srcFilter and dstFilter are not checked, they
+ * are assumed to remain the same.
+ */
+struct SwsContext *sws_getCachedContext(struct SwsContext *context,
+ int srcW, int srcH, enum AVPixelFormat srcFormat,
+ int dstW, int dstH, enum AVPixelFormat dstFormat,
+ int flags, SwsFilter *srcFilter,
+ SwsFilter *dstFilter, const double *param);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 32 bits.
+ *
+ * The output frame will have the same packed format as the palette.
+ *
+ * @param src source frame buffer
+ * @param dst destination frame buffer
+ * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert
+ * @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src
+ */
+void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked32(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an 8-bit paletted frame into a frame with a color depth of 24 bits.
+ *
+ * With the palette format "ABCD", the destination frame ends up with the format "ABC".
+ *
+ * @param src source frame buffer
+ * @param dst destination frame buffer
+ * @param num_pixels number of pixels to convert
+ * @param palette array with [256] entries, which must match color arrangement (RGB or BGR) of src
+ */
+void sws_convertPalette8ToPacked24(const uint8_t *src, uint8_t *dst, int num_pixels, const uint8_t *palette);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVClass for swsContext. It can be used in combination with
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options.
+ *
+ * @see av_opt_find().
+ */
+const AVClass *sws_get_class(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* SWSCALE_SWSCALE_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/libswscale/version.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/libswscale/version.h Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef SWSCALE_VERSION_H
+#define SWSCALE_VERSION_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * swscale version macros
+ */
+
+#include "../libavutil/avutil.h"
+
+#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR 2
+#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR 3
+#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO 100
+
+#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION AV_VERSION(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+ LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR, \
+ LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBSWSCALE_BUILD LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT
+
+#define LIBSWSCALE_IDENT "SwS" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION)
+
+/**
+ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
+ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
+ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ */
+
+#ifndef FF_API_SWS_GETCONTEXT
+#define FF_API_SWS_GETCONTEXT (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 3)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_SWS_CPU_CAPS
+#define FF_API_SWS_CPU_CAPS (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 3)
+#endif
+#ifndef FF_API_SWS_FORMAT_NAME
+#define FF_API_SWS_FORMAT_NAME (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 3)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* SWSCALE_VERSION_H */
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/swig/swigwin-2.0.11/UIControlModule.swig
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/swig/swigwin-2.0.11/UIControlModule.swig Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+%module UIControl
+%{
+#include "UIControl.h"
+%}
+
+%include "../../../NewUI/Core/UIControl.h"
\ No newline at end of file
diff -r e378232bfd36 -r 992d2e6f907d lib/swig/swigwin-2.0.11/UIControlModule_wrap.cxx
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/lib/swig/swigwin-2.0.11/UIControlModule_wrap.cxx Tue Dec 31 14:52:14 2013 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,2523 @@
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * This file was automatically generated by SWIG (http://www.swig.org).
+ * Version 2.0.11
+ *
+ * This file is not intended to be easily readable and contains a number of
+ * coding conventions designed to improve portability and efficiency. Do not make
+ * changes to this file unless you know what you are doing--modify the SWIG
+ * interface file instead.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+#define SWIGLUA
+#define SWIG_LUA_TARGET SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_LUA
+#define SWIG_LUA_MODULE_GLOBAL
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+/* SwigValueWrapper is described in swig.swg */
+template class SwigValueWrapper {
+ struct SwigMovePointer {
+ T *ptr;
+ SwigMovePointer(T *p) : ptr(p) { }
+ ~SwigMovePointer() { delete ptr; }
+ SwigMovePointer& operator=(SwigMovePointer& rhs) { T* oldptr = ptr; ptr = 0; delete oldptr; ptr = rhs.ptr; rhs.ptr = 0; return *this; }
+ } pointer;
+ SwigValueWrapper& operator=(const SwigValueWrapper& rhs);
+ SwigValueWrapper(const SwigValueWrapper& rhs);
+public:
+ SwigValueWrapper() : pointer(0) { }
+ SwigValueWrapper& operator=(const T& t) { SwigMovePointer tmp(new T(t)); pointer = tmp; return *this; }
+ operator T&() const { return *pointer.ptr; }
+ T *operator&() { return pointer.ptr; }
+};
+
+template T SwigValueInit() {
+ return T();
+}
+#endif
+
+/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * This section contains generic SWIG labels for method/variable
+ * declarations/attributes, and other compiler dependent labels.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* template workaround for compilers that cannot correctly implement the C++ standard */
+#ifndef SWIGTEMPLATEDISAMBIGUATOR
+# if defined(__SUNPRO_CC) && (__SUNPRO_CC <= 0x560)
+# define SWIGTEMPLATEDISAMBIGUATOR template
+# elif defined(__HP_aCC)
+/* Needed even with `aCC -AA' when `aCC -V' reports HP ANSI C++ B3910B A.03.55 */
+/* If we find a maximum version that requires this, the test would be __HP_aCC <= 35500 for A.03.55 */
+# define SWIGTEMPLATEDISAMBIGUATOR template
+# else
+# define SWIGTEMPLATEDISAMBIGUATOR
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* inline attribute */
+#ifndef SWIGINLINE
+# if defined(__cplusplus) || (defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__))
+# define SWIGINLINE inline
+# else
+# define SWIGINLINE
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* attribute recognised by some compilers to avoid 'unused' warnings */
+#ifndef SWIGUNUSED
+# if defined(__GNUC__)
+# if !(defined(__cplusplus)) || (__GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4))
+# define SWIGUNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+# else
+# define SWIGUNUSED
+# endif
+# elif defined(__ICC)
+# define SWIGUNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+# else
+# define SWIGUNUSED
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SWIG_MSC_UNSUPPRESS_4505
+# if defined(_MSC_VER)
+# pragma warning(disable : 4505) /* unreferenced local function has been removed */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SWIGUNUSEDPARM
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+# define SWIGUNUSEDPARM(p)
+# else
+# define SWIGUNUSEDPARM(p) p SWIGUNUSED
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* internal SWIG method */
+#ifndef SWIGINTERN
+# define SWIGINTERN static SWIGUNUSED
+#endif
+
+/* internal inline SWIG method */
+#ifndef SWIGINTERNINLINE
+# define SWIGINTERNINLINE SWIGINTERN SWIGINLINE
+#endif
+
+/* exporting methods */
+#if (__GNUC__ >= 4) || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
+# ifndef GCC_HASCLASSVISIBILITY
+# define GCC_HASCLASSVISIBILITY
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SWIGEXPORT
+# if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
+# if defined(STATIC_LINKED)
+# define SWIGEXPORT
+# else
+# define SWIGEXPORT __declspec(dllexport)
+# endif
+# else
+# if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(GCC_HASCLASSVISIBILITY)
+# define SWIGEXPORT __attribute__ ((visibility("default")))
+# else
+# define SWIGEXPORT
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* calling conventions for Windows */
+#ifndef SWIGSTDCALL
+# if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
+# define SWIGSTDCALL __stdcall
+# else
+# define SWIGSTDCALL
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Deal with Microsoft's attempt at deprecating C standard runtime functions */
+#if !defined(SWIG_NO_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE) && defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE)
+# define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE
+#endif
+
+/* Deal with Microsoft's attempt at deprecating methods in the standard C++ library */
+#if !defined(SWIG_NO_SCL_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE) && defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_SCL_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE)
+# define _SCL_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE
+#endif
+
+
+/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * swigrun.swg
+ *
+ * This file contains generic C API SWIG runtime support for pointer
+ * type checking.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* This should only be incremented when either the layout of swig_type_info changes,
+ or for whatever reason, the runtime changes incompatibly */
+#define SWIG_RUNTIME_VERSION "4"
+
+/* define SWIG_TYPE_TABLE_NAME as "SWIG_TYPE_TABLE" */
+#ifdef SWIG_TYPE_TABLE
+# define SWIG_QUOTE_STRING(x) #x
+# define SWIG_EXPAND_AND_QUOTE_STRING(x) SWIG_QUOTE_STRING(x)
+# define SWIG_TYPE_TABLE_NAME SWIG_EXPAND_AND_QUOTE_STRING(SWIG_TYPE_TABLE)
+#else
+# define SWIG_TYPE_TABLE_NAME
+#endif
+
+/*
+ You can use the SWIGRUNTIME and SWIGRUNTIMEINLINE macros for
+ creating a static or dynamic library from the SWIG runtime code.
+ In 99.9% of the cases, SWIG just needs to declare them as 'static'.
+
+ But only do this if strictly necessary, ie, if you have problems
+ with your compiler or suchlike.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SWIGRUNTIME
+# define SWIGRUNTIME SWIGINTERN
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SWIGRUNTIMEINLINE
+# define SWIGRUNTIMEINLINE SWIGRUNTIME SWIGINLINE
+#endif
+
+/* Generic buffer size */
+#ifndef SWIG_BUFFER_SIZE
+# define SWIG_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
+#endif
+
+/* Flags for pointer conversions */
+#define SWIG_POINTER_DISOWN 0x1
+#define SWIG_CAST_NEW_MEMORY 0x2
+
+/* Flags for new pointer objects */
+#define SWIG_POINTER_OWN 0x1
+
+
+/*
+ Flags/methods for returning states.
+
+ The SWIG conversion methods, as ConvertPtr, return an integer
+ that tells if the conversion was successful or not. And if not,
+ an error code can be returned (see swigerrors.swg for the codes).
+
+ Use the following macros/flags to set or process the returning
+ states.
+
+ In old versions of SWIG, code such as the following was usually written:
+
+ if (SWIG_ConvertPtr(obj,vptr,ty.flags) != -1) {
+ // success code
+ } else {
+ //fail code
+ }
+
+ Now you can be more explicit:
+
+ int res = SWIG_ConvertPtr(obj,vptr,ty.flags);
+ if (SWIG_IsOK(res)) {
+ // success code
+ } else {
+ // fail code
+ }
+
+ which is the same really, but now you can also do
+
+ Type *ptr;
+ int res = SWIG_ConvertPtr(obj,(void **)(&ptr),ty.flags);
+ if (SWIG_IsOK(res)) {
+ // success code
+ if (SWIG_IsNewObj(res) {
+ ...
+ delete *ptr;
+ } else {
+ ...
+ }
+ } else {
+ // fail code
+ }
+
+ I.e., now SWIG_ConvertPtr can return new objects and you can
+ identify the case and take care of the deallocation. Of course that
+ also requires SWIG_ConvertPtr to return new result values, such as
+
+ int SWIG_ConvertPtr(obj, ptr,...) {
+ if () {
+ if () {
+ *ptr = ;
+ return SWIG_NEWOBJ;
+ } else {
+ *ptr = ;
+ return SWIG_OLDOBJ;
+ }
+ } else {
+ return SWIG_BADOBJ;
+ }
+ }
+
+ Of course, returning the plain '0(success)/-1(fail)' still works, but you can be
+ more explicit by returning SWIG_BADOBJ, SWIG_ERROR or any of the
+ SWIG errors code.
+
+ Finally, if the SWIG_CASTRANK_MODE is enabled, the result code
+ allows to return the 'cast rank', for example, if you have this
+
+ int food(double)
+ int fooi(int);
+
+ and you call
+
+ food(1) // cast rank '1' (1 -> 1.0)
+ fooi(1) // cast rank '0'
+
+ just use the SWIG_AddCast()/SWIG_CheckState()
+*/
+
+#define SWIG_OK (0)
+#define SWIG_ERROR (-1)
+#define SWIG_IsOK(r) (r >= 0)
+#define SWIG_ArgError(r) ((r != SWIG_ERROR) ? r : SWIG_TypeError)
+
+/* The CastRankLimit says how many bits are used for the cast rank */
+#define SWIG_CASTRANKLIMIT (1 << 8)
+/* The NewMask denotes the object was created (using new/malloc) */
+#define SWIG_NEWOBJMASK (SWIG_CASTRANKLIMIT << 1)
+/* The TmpMask is for in/out typemaps that use temporal objects */
+#define SWIG_TMPOBJMASK (SWIG_NEWOBJMASK << 1)
+/* Simple returning values */
+#define SWIG_BADOBJ (SWIG_ERROR)
+#define SWIG_OLDOBJ (SWIG_OK)
+#define SWIG_NEWOBJ (SWIG_OK | SWIG_NEWOBJMASK)
+#define SWIG_TMPOBJ (SWIG_OK | SWIG_TMPOBJMASK)
+/* Check, add and del mask methods */
+#define SWIG_AddNewMask(r) (SWIG_IsOK(r) ? (r | SWIG_NEWOBJMASK) : r)
+#define SWIG_DelNewMask(r) (SWIG_IsOK(r) ? (r & ~SWIG_NEWOBJMASK) : r)
+#define SWIG_IsNewObj(r) (SWIG_IsOK(r) && (r & SWIG_NEWOBJMASK))
+#define SWIG_AddTmpMask(r) (SWIG_IsOK(r) ? (r | SWIG_TMPOBJMASK) : r)
+#define SWIG_DelTmpMask(r) (SWIG_IsOK(r) ? (r & ~SWIG_TMPOBJMASK) : r)
+#define SWIG_IsTmpObj(r) (SWIG_IsOK(r) && (r & SWIG_TMPOBJMASK))
+
+/* Cast-Rank Mode */
+#if defined(SWIG_CASTRANK_MODE)
+# ifndef SWIG_TypeRank
+# define SWIG_TypeRank unsigned long
+# endif
+# ifndef SWIG_MAXCASTRANK /* Default cast allowed */
+# define SWIG_MAXCASTRANK (2)
+# endif
+# define SWIG_CASTRANKMASK ((SWIG_CASTRANKLIMIT) -1)
+# define SWIG_CastRank(r) (r & SWIG_CASTRANKMASK)
+SWIGINTERNINLINE int SWIG_AddCast(int r) {
+ return SWIG_IsOK(r) ? ((SWIG_CastRank(r) < SWIG_MAXCASTRANK) ? (r + 1) : SWIG_ERROR) : r;
+}
+SWIGINTERNINLINE int SWIG_CheckState(int r) {
+ return SWIG_IsOK(r) ? SWIG_CastRank(r) + 1 : 0;
+}
+#else /* no cast-rank mode */
+# define SWIG_AddCast(r) (r)
+# define SWIG_CheckState(r) (SWIG_IsOK(r) ? 1 : 0)
+#endif
+
+
+#include
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef void *(*swig_converter_func)(void *, int *);
+typedef struct swig_type_info *(*swig_dycast_func)(void **);
+
+/* Structure to store information on one type */
+typedef struct swig_type_info {
+ const char *name; /* mangled name of this type */
+ const char *str; /* human readable name of this type */
+ swig_dycast_func dcast; /* dynamic cast function down a hierarchy */
+ struct swig_cast_info *cast; /* linked list of types that can cast into this type */
+ void *clientdata; /* language specific type data */
+ int owndata; /* flag if the structure owns the clientdata */
+} swig_type_info;
+
+/* Structure to store a type and conversion function used for casting */
+typedef struct swig_cast_info {
+ swig_type_info *type; /* pointer to type that is equivalent to this type */
+ swig_converter_func converter; /* function to cast the void pointers */
+ struct swig_cast_info *next; /* pointer to next cast in linked list */
+ struct swig_cast_info *prev; /* pointer to the previous cast */
+} swig_cast_info;
+
+/* Structure used to store module information
+ * Each module generates one structure like this, and the runtime collects
+ * all of these structures and stores them in a circularly linked list.*/
+typedef struct swig_module_info {
+ swig_type_info **types; /* Array of pointers to swig_type_info structures that are in this module */
+ size_t size; /* Number of types in this module */
+ struct swig_module_info *next; /* Pointer to next element in circularly linked list */
+ swig_type_info **type_initial; /* Array of initially generated type structures */
+ swig_cast_info **cast_initial; /* Array of initially generated casting structures */
+ void *clientdata; /* Language specific module data */
+} swig_module_info;
+
+/*
+ Compare two type names skipping the space characters, therefore
+ "char*" == "char *" and "Class" == "Class", etc.
+
+ Return 0 when the two name types are equivalent, as in
+ strncmp, but skipping ' '.
+*/
+SWIGRUNTIME int
+SWIG_TypeNameComp(const char *f1, const char *l1,
+ const char *f2, const char *l2) {
+ for (;(f1 != l1) && (f2 != l2); ++f1, ++f2) {
+ while ((*f1 == ' ') && (f1 != l1)) ++f1;
+ while ((*f2 == ' ') && (f2 != l2)) ++f2;
+ if (*f1 != *f2) return (*f1 > *f2) ? 1 : -1;
+ }
+ return (int)((l1 - f1) - (l2 - f2));
+}
+
+/*
+ Check type equivalence in a name list like ||...
+ Return 0 if equal, -1 if nb < tb, 1 if nb > tb
+*/
+SWIGRUNTIME int
+SWIG_TypeCmp(const char *nb, const char *tb) {
+ int equiv = 1;
+ const char* te = tb + strlen(tb);
+ const char* ne = nb;
+ while (equiv != 0 && *ne) {
+ for (nb = ne; *ne; ++ne) {
+ if (*ne == '|') break;
+ }
+ equiv = SWIG_TypeNameComp(nb, ne, tb, te);
+ if (*ne) ++ne;
+ }
+ return equiv;
+}
+
+/*
+ Check type equivalence in a name list like ||...
+ Return 0 if not equal, 1 if equal
+*/
+SWIGRUNTIME int
+SWIG_TypeEquiv(const char *nb, const char *tb) {
+ return SWIG_TypeCmp(nb, tb) == 0 ? 1 : 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ Check the typename
+*/
+SWIGRUNTIME swig_cast_info *
+SWIG_TypeCheck(const char *c, swig_type_info *ty) {
+ if (ty) {
+ swig_cast_info *iter = ty->cast;
+ while (iter) {
+ if (strcmp(iter->type->name, c) == 0) {
+ if (iter == ty->cast)
+ return iter;
+ /* Move iter to the top of the linked list */
+ iter->prev->next = iter->next;
+ if (iter->next)
+ iter->next->prev = iter->prev;
+ iter->next = ty->cast;
+ iter->prev = 0;
+ if (ty->cast) ty->cast->prev = iter;
+ ty->cast = iter;
+ return iter;
+ }
+ iter = iter->next;
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ Identical to SWIG_TypeCheck, except strcmp is replaced with a pointer comparison
+*/
+SWIGRUNTIME swig_cast_info *
+SWIG_TypeCheckStruct(swig_type_info *from, swig_type_info *ty) {
+ if (ty) {
+ swig_cast_info *iter = ty->cast;
+ while (iter) {
+ if (iter->type == from) {
+ if (iter == ty->cast)
+ return iter;
+ /* Move iter to the top of the linked list */
+ iter->prev->next = iter->next;
+ if (iter->next)
+ iter->next->prev = iter->prev;
+ iter->next = ty->cast;
+ iter->prev = 0;
+ if (ty->cast) ty->cast->prev = iter;
+ ty->cast = iter;
+ return iter;
+ }
+ iter = iter->next;
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ Cast a pointer up an inheritance hierarchy
+*/
+SWIGRUNTIMEINLINE void *
+SWIG_TypeCast(swig_cast_info *ty, void *ptr, int *newmemory) {
+ return ((!ty) || (!ty->converter)) ? ptr : (*ty->converter)(ptr, newmemory);
+}
+
+/*
+ Dynamic pointer casting. Down an inheritance hierarchy
+*/
+SWIGRUNTIME swig_type_info *
+SWIG_TypeDynamicCast(swig_type_info *ty, void **ptr) {
+ swig_type_info *lastty = ty;
+ if (!ty || !ty->dcast) return ty;
+ while (ty && (ty->dcast)) {
+ ty = (*ty->dcast)(ptr);
+ if (ty) lastty = ty;
+ }
+ return lastty;
+}
+
+/*
+ Return the name associated with this type
+*/
+SWIGRUNTIMEINLINE const char *
+SWIG_TypeName(const swig_type_info *ty) {
+ return ty->name;
+}
+
+/*
+ Return the pretty name associated with this type,
+ that is an unmangled type name in a form presentable to the user.
+*/
+SWIGRUNTIME const char *
+SWIG_TypePrettyName(const swig_type_info *type) {
+ /* The "str" field contains the equivalent pretty names of the
+ type, separated by vertical-bar characters. We choose
+ to print the last name, as it is often (?) the most
+ specific. */
+ if (!type) return NULL;
+ if (type->str != NULL) {
+ const char *last_name = type->str;
+ const char *s;
+ for (s = type->str; *s; s++)
+ if (*s == '|') last_name = s+1;
+ return last_name;
+ }
+ else
+ return type->name;
+}
+
+/*
+ Set the clientdata field for a type
+*/
+SWIGRUNTIME void
+SWIG_TypeClientData(swig_type_info *ti, void *clientdata) {
+ swig_cast_info *cast = ti->cast;
+ /* if (ti->clientdata == clientdata) return; */
+ ti->clientdata = clientdata;
+
+ while (cast) {
+ if (!cast->converter) {
+ swig_type_info *tc = cast->type;
+ if (!tc->clientdata) {
+ SWIG_TypeClientData(tc, clientdata);
+ }
+ }
+ cast = cast->next;
+ }
+}
+SWIGRUNTIME void
+SWIG_TypeNewClientData(swig_type_info *ti, void *clientdata) {
+ SWIG_TypeClientData(ti, clientdata);
+ ti->owndata = 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ Search for a swig_type_info structure only by mangled name
+ Search is a O(log #types)
+
+ We start searching at module start, and finish searching when start == end.
+ Note: if start == end at the beginning of the function, we go all the way around
+ the circular list.
+*/
+SWIGRUNTIME swig_type_info *
+SWIG_MangledTypeQueryModule(swig_module_info *start,
+ swig_module_info *end,
+ const char *name) {
+ swig_module_info *iter = start;
+ do {
+ if (iter->size) {
+ register size_t l = 0;
+ register size_t r = iter->size - 1;
+ do {
+ /* since l+r >= 0, we can (>> 1) instead (/ 2) */
+ register size_t i = (l + r) >> 1;
+ const char *iname = iter->types[i]->name;
+ if (iname) {
+ register int compare = strcmp(name, iname);
+ if (compare == 0) {
+ return iter->types[i];
+ } else if (compare < 0) {
+ if (i) {
+ r = i - 1;
+ } else {
+ break;
+ }
+ } else if (compare > 0) {
+ l = i + 1;
+ }
+ } else {
+ break; /* should never happen */
+ }
+ } while (l <= r);
+ }
+ iter = iter->next;
+ } while (iter != end);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ Search for a swig_type_info structure for either a mangled name or a human readable name.
+ It first searches the mangled names of the types, which is a O(log #types)
+ If a type is not found it then searches the human readable names, which is O(#types).
+
+ We start searching at module start, and finish searching when start == end.
+ Note: if start == end at the beginning of the function, we go all the way around
+ the circular list.
+*/
+SWIGRUNTIME swig_type_info *
+SWIG_TypeQueryModule(swig_module_info *start,
+ swig_module_info *end,
+ const char *name) {
+ /* STEP 1: Search the name field using binary search */
+ swig_type_info *ret = SWIG_MangledTypeQueryModule(start, end, name);
+ if (ret) {
+ return ret;
+ } else {
+ /* STEP 2: If the type hasn't been found, do a complete search
+ of the str field (the human readable name) */
+ swig_module_info *iter = start;
+ do {
+ register size_t i = 0;
+ for (; i < iter->size; ++i) {
+ if (iter->types[i]->str && (SWIG_TypeEquiv(iter->types[i]->str, name)))
+ return iter->types[i];
+ }
+ iter = iter->next;
+ } while (iter != end);
+ }
+
+ /* neither found a match */
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ Pack binary data into a string
+*/
+SWIGRUNTIME char *
+SWIG_PackData(char *c, void *ptr, size_t sz) {
+ static const char hex[17] = "0123456789abcdef";
+ register const unsigned char *u = (unsigned char *) ptr;
+ register const unsigned char *eu = u + sz;
+ for (; u != eu; ++u) {
+ register unsigned char uu = *u;
+ *(c++) = hex[(uu & 0xf0) >> 4];
+ *(c++) = hex[uu & 0xf];
+ }
+ return c;
+}
+
+/*
+ Unpack binary data from a string
+*/
+SWIGRUNTIME const char *
+SWIG_UnpackData(const char *c, void *ptr, size_t sz) {
+ register unsigned char *u = (unsigned char *) ptr;
+ register const unsigned char *eu = u + sz;
+ for (; u != eu; ++u) {
+ register char d = *(c++);
+ register unsigned char uu;
+ if ((d >= '0') && (d <= '9'))
+ uu = ((d - '0') << 4);
+ else if ((d >= 'a') && (d <= 'f'))
+ uu = ((d - ('a'-10)) << 4);
+ else
+ return (char *) 0;
+ d = *(c++);
+ if ((d >= '0') && (d <= '9'))
+ uu |= (d - '0');
+ else if ((d >= 'a') && (d <= 'f'))
+ uu |= (d - ('a'-10));
+ else
+ return (char *) 0;
+ *u = uu;
+ }
+ return c;
+}
+
+/*
+ Pack 'void *' into a string buffer.
+*/
+SWIGRUNTIME char *
+SWIG_PackVoidPtr(char *buff, void *ptr, const char *name, size_t bsz) {
+ char *r = buff;
+ if ((2*sizeof(void *) + 2) > bsz) return 0;
+ *(r++) = '_';
+ r = SWIG_PackData(r,&ptr,sizeof(void *));
+ if (strlen(name) + 1 > (bsz - (r - buff))) return 0;
+ strcpy(r,name);
+ return buff;
+}
+
+SWIGRUNTIME const char *
+SWIG_UnpackVoidPtr(const char *c, void **ptr, const char *name) {
+ if (*c != '_') {
+ if (strcmp(c,"NULL") == 0) {
+ *ptr = (void *) 0;
+ return name;
+ } else {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+ return SWIG_UnpackData(++c,ptr,sizeof(void *));
+}
+
+SWIGRUNTIME char *
+SWIG_PackDataName(char *buff, void *ptr, size_t sz, const char *name, size_t bsz) {
+ char *r = buff;
+ size_t lname = (name ? strlen(name) : 0);
+ if ((2*sz + 2 + lname) > bsz) return 0;
+ *(r++) = '_';
+ r = SWIG_PackData(r,ptr,sz);
+ if (lname) {
+ strncpy(r,name,lname+1);
+ } else {
+ *r = 0;
+ }
+ return buff;
+}
+
+SWIGRUNTIME const char *
+SWIG_UnpackDataName(const char *c, void *ptr, size_t sz, const char *name) {
+ if (*c != '_') {
+ if (strcmp(c,"NULL") == 0) {
+ memset(ptr,0,sz);
+ return name;
+ } else {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+ return SWIG_UnpackData(++c,ptr,sz);
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * luarun.swg
+ *
+ * This file contains the runtime support for Lua modules
+ * and includes code for managing global variables and pointer
+ * type checking.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+#include "lib/lua/lua.h"
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+//#include "lua.h"
+//#include "lauxlib.h"
+#include /* for malloc */
+#include /* for a few sanity tests */
+
+/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Lua flavors
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+#define SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_LUA 1
+#define SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUA 2
+#define SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUAC 3
+
+#if !defined(SWIG_LUA_TARGET)
+# error SWIG_LUA_TARGET not defined
+#endif
+
+#if (SWIG_LUA_TARGET == SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUA) || (SWIG_LUA_TARGET == SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUAC)
+# define SWIG_LUA_CONSTTAB_INT(B, C) LSTRKEY(B), LNUMVAL(C)
+# define SWIG_LUA_CONSTTAB_FLOAT(B, C) LSTRKEY(B), LNUMVAL(C)
+# define SWIG_LUA_CONSTTAB_STRING(B, C) LSTRKEY(B), LSTRVAL(C)
+# define SWIG_LUA_CONSTTAB_CHAR(B, C) LSTRKEY(B), LNUMVAL(C)
+#else /* SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_LUA */
+# define SWIG_LUA_CONSTTAB_INT(B, C) SWIG_LUA_INT, (char *)B, (long)C, 0, 0, 0
+# define SWIG_LUA_CONSTTAB_FLOAT(B, C) SWIG_LUA_FLOAT, (char *)B, 0, (double)C, 0, 0
+# define SWIG_LUA_CONSTTAB_STRING(B, C) SWIG_LUA_STRING, (char *)B, 0, 0, (void *)C, 0
+# define SWIG_LUA_CONSTTAB_CHAR(B, C) SWIG_LUA_CHAR, (char *)B, (long)C, 0, 0, 0
+#endif
+
+#if (SWIG_LUA_TARGET == SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUA) || (SWIG_LUA_TARGET == SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUAC)
+# define LRO_STRVAL(v) {{.p = (char *) v}, LUA_TSTRING}
+# define LSTRVAL LRO_STRVAL
+#endif
+
+/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * compatibility defines
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* History of Lua C API length functions: In Lua 5.0 (and before?)
+ there was "lua_strlen". In Lua 5.1, this was renamed "lua_objlen",
+ but a compatibility define of "lua_strlen" was added. In Lua 5.2,
+ this function was again renamed, to "lua_rawlen" (to emphasize that
+ it doesn't call the "__len" metamethod), and the compatibility
+ define of lua_strlen was removed. All SWIG uses have been updated
+ to "lua_rawlen", and we add our own defines of that here for older
+ versions of Lua. */
+#if !defined(LUA_VERSION_NUM) || LUA_VERSION_NUM < 501
+# define lua_rawlen lua_strlen
+#elif LUA_VERSION_NUM == 501
+# define lua_rawlen lua_objlen
+#endif
+
+
+/* lua_pushglobaltable is the recommended "future-proof" way to get
+ the global table for Lua 5.2 and later. Here we define
+ lua_pushglobaltable ourselves for Lua versions before 5.2. */
+#if !defined(LUA_VERSION_NUM) || LUA_VERSION_NUM < 502
+# define lua_pushglobaltable(L) lua_pushvalue(L, LUA_GLOBALSINDEX)
+#endif
+
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Helper functions for error handling
+ * -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Push the string STR on the Lua stack, like lua_pushstring, but
+ prefixed with the the location of the innermost Lua call-point
+ (as formated by luaL_where). */
+SWIGRUNTIME void
+SWIG_Lua_pusherrstring (lua_State *L, const char *str)
+{
+ luaL_where (L, 1);
+ lua_pushstring (L, str);
+ lua_concat (L, 2);
+}
+
+/* Push a formatted string generated from FMT and following args on
+ the Lua stack, like lua_pushfstring, but prefixed with the the
+ location of the innermost Lua call-point (as formated by luaL_where). */
+SWIGRUNTIME void
+SWIG_Lua_pushferrstring (lua_State *L, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list argp;
+ va_start(argp, fmt);
+ luaL_where(L, 1);
+ lua_pushvfstring(L, fmt, argp);
+ va_end(argp);
+ lua_concat(L, 2);
+}
+
+
+/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * global swig types
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+/* Constant table */
+#define SWIG_LUA_INT 1
+#define SWIG_LUA_FLOAT 2
+#define SWIG_LUA_STRING 3
+#define SWIG_LUA_POINTER 4
+#define SWIG_LUA_BINARY 5
+#define SWIG_LUA_CHAR 6
+
+/* Structure for variable linking table */
+typedef struct {
+ const char *name;
+ lua_CFunction get;
+ lua_CFunction set;
+} swig_lua_var_info;
+
+/* Constant information structure */
+typedef struct {
+ int type;
+ char *name;
+ long lvalue;
+ double dvalue;
+ void *pvalue;
+ swig_type_info **ptype;
+} swig_lua_const_info;
+
+typedef struct {
+ const char *name;
+ lua_CFunction method;
+} swig_lua_method;
+
+typedef struct {
+ const char *name;
+ lua_CFunction getmethod;
+ lua_CFunction setmethod;
+} swig_lua_attribute;
+
+// Can be used to create namespaces. Currently used to
+// wrap class static methods/variables/constants
+typedef struct {
+ const char *name;
+ swig_lua_method *ns_methods;
+ swig_lua_attribute *ns_attributes;
+ swig_lua_const_info *ns_constants;
+} swig_lua_namespace;
+
+typedef struct swig_lua_class {
+ const char *name;
+ swig_type_info **type;
+ lua_CFunction constructor;
+ void (*destructor)(void *);
+ swig_lua_method *methods;
+ swig_lua_attribute *attributes;
+ swig_lua_namespace cls_static;
+ struct swig_lua_class **bases;
+ const char **base_names;
+} swig_lua_class;
+
+/* this is the struct for wrapping all pointers in SwigLua
+*/
+typedef struct {
+ swig_type_info *type;
+ int own; /* 1 if owned & must be destroyed */
+ void *ptr;
+} swig_lua_userdata;
+
+/* this is the struct for wrapping arbitrary packed binary data
+(currently it is only used for member function pointers)
+the data ordering is similar to swig_lua_userdata, but it is currently not possible
+to tell the two structures apart within SWIG, other than by looking at the type
+*/
+typedef struct {
+ swig_type_info *type;
+ int own; /* 1 if owned & must be destroyed */
+ char data[1]; /* arbitary amount of data */
+} swig_lua_rawdata;
+
+/* Common SWIG API */
+#define SWIG_NewPointerObj(L, ptr, type, owner) SWIG_Lua_NewPointerObj(L, (void *)ptr, type, owner)
+#define SWIG_ConvertPtr(L,idx, ptr, type, flags) SWIG_Lua_ConvertPtr(L,idx,ptr,type,flags)
+#define SWIG_MustGetPtr(L,idx, type,flags, argnum,fnname) SWIG_Lua_MustGetPtr(L,idx, type,flags, argnum,fnname)
+/* for C++ member pointers, ie, member methods */
+#define SWIG_ConvertMember(L, idx, ptr, sz, ty) SWIG_Lua_ConvertPacked(L, idx, ptr, sz, ty)
+#define SWIG_NewMemberObj(L, ptr, sz, type) SWIG_Lua_NewPackedObj(L, ptr, sz, type)
+
+/* Runtime API */
+#define SWIG_GetModule(clientdata) SWIG_Lua_GetModule((lua_State*)(clientdata))
+#define SWIG_SetModule(clientdata, pointer) SWIG_Lua_SetModule((lua_State*) (clientdata), pointer)
+#define SWIG_MODULE_CLIENTDATA_TYPE lua_State*
+
+/* Contract support */
+#define SWIG_contract_assert(expr, msg) \
+ if (!(expr)) { SWIG_Lua_pusherrstring(L, (char *) msg); goto fail; } else
+
+
+/* helper #defines */
+#define SWIG_fail {goto fail;}
+#define SWIG_fail_arg(func_name,argnum,type) \
+ {SWIG_Lua_pushferrstring(L,"Error in %s (arg %d), expected '%s' got '%s'",\
+ func_name,argnum,type,SWIG_Lua_typename(L,argnum));\
+ goto fail;}
+#define SWIG_fail_ptr(func_name,argnum,type) \
+ SWIG_fail_arg(func_name,argnum,(type && type->str)?type->str:"void*")
+#define SWIG_check_num_args(func_name,a,b) \
+ if (lua_gettop(L)b) \
+ {SWIG_Lua_pushferrstring(L,"Error in %s expected %d..%d args, got %d",func_name,a,b,lua_gettop(L));\
+ goto fail;}
+
+
+#define SWIG_Lua_get_table(L,n) \
+ (lua_pushstring(L, n), lua_rawget(L,-2))
+
+#define SWIG_Lua_add_function(L,n,f) \
+ (lua_pushstring(L, n), \
+ lua_pushcfunction(L, f), \
+ lua_rawset(L,-3))
+
+/* special helper for allowing 'nil' for usertypes */
+#define SWIG_isptrtype(L,I) (lua_isuserdata(L,I) || lua_isnil(L,I))
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+/* Special helper for member function pointers
+it gets the address, casts it, then dereferences it */
+//#define SWIG_mem_fn_as_voidptr(a) (*((char**)&(a)))
+#endif
+
+/* storing/access of swig_module_info */
+SWIGRUNTIME swig_module_info *
+SWIG_Lua_GetModule(lua_State* L) {
+ swig_module_info *ret = 0;
+ lua_pushstring(L,"swig_runtime_data_type_pointer" SWIG_RUNTIME_VERSION SWIG_TYPE_TABLE_NAME);
+ lua_rawget(L,LUA_REGISTRYINDEX);
+ if (lua_islightuserdata(L,-1))
+ ret=(swig_module_info*)lua_touserdata(L,-1);
+ lua_pop(L,1); /* tidy */
+ return ret;
+}
+
+SWIGRUNTIME void
+SWIG_Lua_SetModule(lua_State* L, swig_module_info *module) {
+ /* add this all into the Lua registry: */
+ lua_pushstring(L,"swig_runtime_data_type_pointer" SWIG_RUNTIME_VERSION SWIG_TYPE_TABLE_NAME);
+ lua_pushlightuserdata(L,(void*)module);
+ lua_rawset(L,LUA_REGISTRYINDEX);
+}
+
+/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * global variable support code: modules
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* this function is called when trying to set an immutable.
+default action is to print an error.
+This can removed with a compile flag SWIGLUA_IGNORE_SET_IMMUTABLE */
+SWIGINTERN int SWIG_Lua_set_immutable(lua_State* L)
+{
+/* there should be 1 param passed in: the new value */
+#ifndef SWIGLUA_IGNORE_SET_IMMUTABLE
+ lua_pop(L,1); /* remove it */
+ luaL_error(L,"This variable is immutable");
+#endif
+ return 0; /* should not return anything */
+}
+
+/* the module.get method used for getting linked data */
+SWIGINTERN int SWIG_Lua_module_get(lua_State* L)
+{
+/* there should be 2 params passed in
+ (1) table (not the meta table)
+ (2) string name of the attribute
+ printf("SWIG_Lua_module_get %p(%s) '%s'\n",
+ lua_topointer(L,1),lua_typename(L,lua_type(L,1)),
+ lua_tostring(L,2));
+*/
+ /* get the metatable */
+#if ((SWIG_LUA_TARGET == SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUA) || (SWIG_LUA_TARGET == SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUAC))
+ assert(lua_isrotable(L,1)); /* just in case */
+#else
+ assert(lua_istable(L,1)); /* default Lua action */
+#endif
+ lua_getmetatable(L,1); /* get the metatable */
+#if ((SWIG_LUA_TARGET == SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUA) || (SWIG_LUA_TARGET == SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUAC))
+ assert(lua_isrotable(L,-1)); /* just in case */
+#else
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-1));
+#endif
+ SWIG_Lua_get_table(L,".get"); /* get the .get table */
+ lua_remove(L,3); /* remove metatable */
+#if ((SWIG_LUA_TARGET == SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUA) || (SWIG_LUA_TARGET == SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUAC))
+ if (lua_isrotable(L,-1))
+#else
+ if (lua_istable(L,-1))
+#endif
+ {
+ /* look for the key in the .get table */
+ lua_pushvalue(L,2); /* key */
+ lua_rawget(L,-2);
+ lua_remove(L,3); /* remove .get */
+ if (lua_iscfunction(L,-1))
+ { /* found it so call the fn & return its value */
+ lua_call(L,0,1);
+ return 1;
+ }
+ lua_pop(L,1); /* remove the top */
+ }
+ lua_pop(L,1); /* remove the .get */
+ lua_pushnil(L); /* return a nil */
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* the module.set method used for setting linked data */
+SWIGINTERN int SWIG_Lua_module_set(lua_State* L)
+{
+/* there should be 3 params passed in
+ (1) table (not the meta table)
+ (2) string name of the attribute
+ (3) any for the new value
+*/
+ /* get the metatable */
+#if ((SWIG_LUA_TARGET == SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUA) || (SWIG_LUA_TARGET == SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUAC))
+ assert(lua_isrotable(L,1)); /* just in case */
+#else
+ assert(lua_istable(L,1)); /* default Lua action */
+#endif
+ lua_getmetatable(L,1); /* get the metatable */
+#if ((SWIG_LUA_TARGET == SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUA) || (SWIG_LUA_TARGET == SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUAC))
+ assert(lua_isrotable(L,-1)); /* just in case */
+#else
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-1));
+#endif
+ SWIG_Lua_get_table(L,".set"); /* get the .set table */
+ lua_remove(L,4); /* remove metatable */
+#if ((SWIG_LUA_TARGET == SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUA) || (SWIG_LUA_TARGET == SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUAC))
+ if (lua_isrotable(L,-1))
+#else
+ if (lua_istable(L,-1))
+#endif
+ {
+ /* look for the key in the .set table */
+ lua_pushvalue(L,2); /* key */
+ lua_rawget(L,-2);
+ lua_remove(L,4); /* remove .set */
+ if (lua_iscfunction(L,-1))
+ { /* found it so call the fn & return its value */
+ lua_pushvalue(L,3); /* value */
+ lua_call(L,1,0);
+ return 0;
+ }
+#if (SWIG_LUA_TARGET == SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUA)
+ else {
+ return 0; // Exits stoically if an invalid key is initialized.
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ lua_settop(L,3); /* reset back to start */
+ /* we now have the table, key & new value, so just set directly */
+ lua_rawset(L,1); /* add direct */
+ return 0;
+}
+
+#if ((SWIG_LUA_TARGET != SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUA) && (SWIG_LUA_TARGET != SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUAC))
+/* registering a module in lua. Pushes the module table on the stack. */
+SWIGINTERN void SWIG_Lua_module_begin(lua_State* L,const char* name)
+{
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-1)); /* just in case */
+ lua_pushstring(L,name);
+ lua_newtable(L); /* the table */
+ /* add meta table */
+ lua_newtable(L); /* the meta table */
+ SWIG_Lua_add_function(L,"__index",SWIG_Lua_module_get);
+ SWIG_Lua_add_function(L,"__newindex",SWIG_Lua_module_set);
+ lua_pushstring(L,".get");
+ lua_newtable(L); /* the .get table */
+ lua_rawset(L,-3); /* add .get into metatable */
+ lua_pushstring(L,".set");
+ lua_newtable(L); /* the .set table */
+ lua_rawset(L,-3); /* add .set into metatable */
+ lua_setmetatable(L,-2); /* sets meta table in module */
+#ifdef SWIG_LUA_MODULE_GLOBAL
+ /* If requested, install the module directly into the global namespace. */
+ lua_rawset(L,-3); /* add module into parent */
+ SWIG_Lua_get_table(L,name); /* get the table back out */
+#else
+ /* Do not install the module table as global name. The stack top has
+ the module table with the name below. We pop the top and replace
+ the name with it. */
+ lua_replace(L,-2);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* ending the register */
+SWIGINTERN void SWIG_Lua_module_end(lua_State* L)
+{
+ lua_pop(L,1); /* tidy stack (remove module) */
+}
+
+/* adding a linked variable to the module */
+SWIGINTERN void SWIG_Lua_module_add_variable(lua_State* L,const char* name,lua_CFunction getFn,lua_CFunction setFn)
+{
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-1)); /* just in case */
+ lua_getmetatable(L,-1); /* get the metatable */
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-1)); /* just in case */
+ SWIG_Lua_get_table(L,".get"); /* find the .get table */
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-1)); /* should be a table: */
+ SWIG_Lua_add_function(L,name,getFn);
+ lua_pop(L,1); /* tidy stack (remove table) */
+ if (setFn) /* if there is a set fn */
+ {
+ SWIG_Lua_get_table(L,".set"); /* find the .set table */
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-1)); /* should be a table: */
+ SWIG_Lua_add_function(L,name,setFn);
+ lua_pop(L,1); /* tidy stack (remove table) */
+ }
+ lua_pop(L,1); /* tidy stack (remove meta) */
+}
+#endif
+
+/* adding a function module */
+SWIGINTERN void SWIG_Lua_module_add_function(lua_State* L,const char* name,lua_CFunction fn)
+{
+ SWIG_Lua_add_function(L,name,fn);
+}
+
+/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * global variable support code: namespaces
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+SWIGINTERN int SWIG_Lua_namespace_get(lua_State* L)
+{
+/* there should be 2 params passed in
+ (1) table (not the meta table)
+ (2) string name of the attribute
+*/
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-2)); /* just in case */
+ lua_getmetatable(L,-2);
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-1));
+ SWIG_Lua_get_table(L,".get"); /* find the .get table */
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-1));
+ /* look for the key in the .get table */
+ lua_pushvalue(L,2); /* key */
+ lua_rawget(L,-2);
+ lua_remove(L,-2); /* stack tidy, remove .get table */
+ if (lua_iscfunction(L,-1))
+ { /* found it so call the fn & return its value */
+ lua_call(L,0,1); /* 1 value in (userdata),1 out (result) */
+ lua_remove(L,-2); /* stack tidy, remove metatable */
+ return 1;
+ }
+ lua_pop(L,1); /* remove whatever was there */
+ /* ok, so try the .fn table */
+ SWIG_Lua_get_table(L,".fn"); /* find the .get table */
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-1)); /* just in case */
+ lua_pushvalue(L,2); /* key */
+ lua_rawget(L,-2); /* look for the fn */
+ lua_remove(L,-2); /* stack tidy, remove .fn table */
+ if (lua_isfunction(L,-1)) /* note: whether it's a C function or lua function */
+ { /* found it so return the fn & let lua call it */
+ lua_remove(L,-2); /* stack tidy, remove metatable */
+ return 1;
+ }
+ lua_pop(L,1); /* remove whatever was there */
+ return 0;
+}
+
+SWIGINTERN int SWIG_Lua_namespace_set(lua_State* L)
+{
+/* there should be 3 params passed in
+ (1) table (not the meta table)
+ (2) string name of the attribute
+ (3) any for the new value
+*/
+
+ assert(lua_istable(L,1));
+ lua_getmetatable(L,1); /* get the meta table */
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-1));
+
+ SWIG_Lua_get_table(L,".set"); /* find the .set table */
+ if (lua_istable(L,-1))
+ {
+ /* look for the key in the .set table */
+ lua_pushvalue(L,2); /* key */
+ lua_rawget(L,-2);
+ if (lua_iscfunction(L,-1))
+ { /* found it so call the fn & return its value */
+ lua_pushvalue(L,3); /* value */
+ lua_call(L,1,0);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ lua_pop(L,1); /* remove the value */
+ }
+ lua_pop(L,1); /* remove the value .set table */
+ return 0;
+}
+
+SWIGINTERN void SWIG_Lua_InstallConstants(lua_State* L, swig_lua_const_info constants[]); // forward declaration
+SWIGINTERN void SWIG_Lua_add_class_variable(lua_State* L,const char* name,lua_CFunction getFn,lua_CFunction setFn); // forward declaration
+
+/* helper function - register namespace methods and attributes into namespace */
+SWIGINTERN void SWIG_Lua_add_namespace_details(lua_State* L, swig_lua_namespace* ns)
+{
+ int i = 0;
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-1));
+ /* There must be table at the top of the stack */
+ SWIG_Lua_InstallConstants(L, ns->ns_constants);
+
+ lua_getmetatable(L,-1);
+
+ /* add fns */
+ for(i=0;ns->ns_attributes[i].name;i++){
+ SWIG_Lua_add_class_variable(L,ns->ns_attributes[i].name,ns->ns_attributes[i].getmethod,ns->ns_attributes[i].setmethod);
+ }
+
+ /* add methods to the metatable */
+ SWIG_Lua_get_table(L,".fn"); /* find the .fn table */
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-1)); /* just in case */
+ for(i=0;ns->ns_methods[i].name;i++){
+ SWIG_Lua_add_function(L,ns->ns_methods[i].name,ns->ns_methods[i].method);
+ }
+ lua_pop(L,1);
+
+ /* clear stack - remove metatble */
+ lua_pop(L,1);
+
+}
+
+/* helper function. creates namespace table and add it to module table */
+SWIGINTERN void SWIG_Lua_namespace_register(lua_State* L, swig_lua_namespace* ns)
+{
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-1)); /* just in case. This is supposed to be module table */
+ lua_checkstack(L,5);
+ lua_pushstring(L, ns->name);
+ lua_newtable(L); /* namespace itself */
+ lua_newtable(L); /* metatable for namespace */
+
+ /* add a table called ".get" */
+ lua_pushstring(L,".get");
+ lua_newtable(L);
+ lua_rawset(L,-3);
+ /* add a table called ".set" */
+ lua_pushstring(L,".set");
+ lua_newtable(L);
+ lua_rawset(L,-3);
+ /* add a table called ".fn" */
+ lua_pushstring(L,".fn");
+ lua_newtable(L);
+ lua_rawset(L,-3);
+
+ /* add accessor fns for using the .get,.set&.fn */
+ SWIG_Lua_add_function(L,"__index",SWIG_Lua_namespace_get);
+ SWIG_Lua_add_function(L,"__newindex",SWIG_Lua_namespace_set);
+
+ lua_setmetatable(L,-2); /* set metatable */
+ lua_rawset(L,-3); /* add namespace to module table */
+}
+/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * global variable support code: classes
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* the class.get method, performs the lookup of class attributes */
+SWIGINTERN int SWIG_Lua_class_get(lua_State* L)
+{
+/* there should be 2 params passed in
+ (1) userdata (not the meta table)
+ (2) string name of the attribute
+*/
+ assert(lua_isuserdata(L,-2)); /* just in case */
+ lua_getmetatable(L,-2); /* get the meta table */
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-1)); /* just in case */
+ SWIG_Lua_get_table(L,".get"); /* find the .get table */
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-1)); /* just in case */
+ /* look for the key in the .get table */
+ lua_pushvalue(L,2); /* key */
+ lua_rawget(L,-2);
+ lua_remove(L,-2); /* stack tidy, remove .get table */
+ if (lua_iscfunction(L,-1))
+ { /* found it so call the fn & return its value */
+ lua_pushvalue(L,1); /* the userdata */
+ lua_call(L,1,1); /* 1 value in (userdata),1 out (result) */
+ lua_remove(L,-2); /* stack tidy, remove metatable */
+ return 1;
+ }
+ lua_pop(L,1); /* remove whatever was there */
+ /* ok, so try the .fn table */
+ SWIG_Lua_get_table(L,".fn"); /* find the .get table */
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-1)); /* just in case */
+ lua_pushvalue(L,2); /* key */
+ lua_rawget(L,-2); /* look for the fn */
+ lua_remove(L,-2); /* stack tidy, remove .fn table */
+ if (lua_isfunction(L,-1)) /* note: if its a C function or lua function */
+ { /* found it so return the fn & let lua call it */
+ lua_remove(L,-2); /* stack tidy, remove metatable */
+ return 1;
+ }
+ lua_pop(L,1); /* remove whatever was there */
+ /* NEW: looks for the __getitem() fn
+ this is a user provided get fn */
+ SWIG_Lua_get_table(L,"__getitem"); /* find the __getitem fn */
+ if (lua_iscfunction(L,-1)) /* if its there */
+ { /* found it so call the fn & return its value */
+ lua_pushvalue(L,1); /* the userdata */
+ lua_pushvalue(L,2); /* the parameter */
+ lua_call(L,2,1); /* 2 value in (userdata),1 out (result) */
+ lua_remove(L,-2); /* stack tidy, remove metatable */
+ return 1;
+ }
+ return 0; /* sorry not known */
+}
+
+/* the class.set method, performs the lookup of class attributes */
+SWIGINTERN int SWIG_Lua_class_set(lua_State* L)
+{
+/* there should be 3 params passed in
+ (1) table (not the meta table)
+ (2) string name of the attribute
+ (3) any for the new value
+printf("SWIG_Lua_class_set %p(%s) '%s' %p(%s)\n",
+ lua_topointer(L,1),lua_typename(L,lua_type(L,1)),
+ lua_tostring(L,2),
+ lua_topointer(L,3),lua_typename(L,lua_type(L,3)));*/
+
+ assert(lua_isuserdata(L,1)); /* just in case */
+ lua_getmetatable(L,1); /* get the meta table */
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-1)); /* just in case */
+
+ SWIG_Lua_get_table(L,".set"); /* find the .set table */
+ if (lua_istable(L,-1))
+ {
+ /* look for the key in the .set table */
+ lua_pushvalue(L,2); /* key */
+ lua_rawget(L,-2);
+ if (lua_iscfunction(L,-1))
+ { /* found it so call the fn & return its value */
+ lua_pushvalue(L,1); /* userdata */
+ lua_pushvalue(L,3); /* value */
+ lua_call(L,2,0);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ lua_pop(L,1); /* remove the value */
+ }
+ lua_pop(L,1); /* remove the value .set table */
+ /* NEW: looks for the __setitem() fn
+ this is a user provided set fn */
+ SWIG_Lua_get_table(L,"__setitem"); /* find the fn */
+ if (lua_iscfunction(L,-1)) /* if its there */
+ { /* found it so call the fn & return its value */
+ lua_pushvalue(L,1); /* the userdata */
+ lua_pushvalue(L,2); /* the parameter */
+ lua_pushvalue(L,3); /* the value */
+ lua_call(L,3,0); /* 3 values in ,0 out */
+ lua_remove(L,-2); /* stack tidy, remove metatable */
+ return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* the class.destruct method called by the interpreter */
+SWIGINTERN int SWIG_Lua_class_destruct(lua_State* L)
+{
+/* there should be 1 params passed in
+ (1) userdata (not the meta table) */
+ swig_lua_userdata* usr;
+ swig_lua_class* clss;
+ assert(lua_isuserdata(L,-1)); /* just in case */
+ usr=(swig_lua_userdata*)lua_touserdata(L,-1); /* get it */
+ /* if must be destroyed & has a destructor */
+ if (usr->own) /* if must be destroyed */
+ {
+ clss=(swig_lua_class*)usr->type->clientdata; /* get the class */
+ if (clss && clss->destructor) /* there is a destroy fn */
+ {
+ clss->destructor(usr->ptr); /* bye bye */
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* the class.__tostring method called by the interpreter and print */
+SWIGINTERN int SWIG_Lua_class_tostring(lua_State* L)
+{
+/* there should be 1 param passed in
+ (1) userdata (not the metatable) */
+ assert(lua_isuserdata(L,1)); /* just in case */
+ unsigned long userData = (unsigned long)lua_touserdata(L,1); /* get the userdata address for later */
+ lua_getmetatable(L,1); /* get the meta table */
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-1)); /* just in case */
+
+ lua_getfield(L, -1, ".type");
+ const char* className = lua_tostring(L, -1);
+
+ char output[256];
+ sprintf(output, "<%s userdata: %lX>", className, userData);
+
+ lua_pushstring(L, (const char*)output);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* to manually disown some userdata */
+SWIGINTERN int SWIG_Lua_class_disown(lua_State* L)
+{
+/* there should be 1 params passed in
+ (1) userdata (not the meta table) */
+ swig_lua_userdata* usr;
+ assert(lua_isuserdata(L,-1)); /* just in case */
+ usr=(swig_lua_userdata*)lua_touserdata(L,-1); /* get it */
+
+ usr->own = 0; /* clear our ownership */
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Constructor proxy. Used when class name entry in module is not class constructor,
+but special table instead. */
+SWIGINTERN int SWIG_Lua_constructor_proxy(lua_State* L)
+{
+ /* unlimited number of parameters
+ First one is our proxy table and we should remove it
+ Other we should pass to real constructor
+ */
+ assert(lua_istable(L,1));
+ lua_pushstring(L,".constructor");
+ lua_rawget(L,1);
+ assert(!lua_isnil(L,-1));
+ lua_replace(L,1); /* replace our table with real constructor */
+ lua_call(L,lua_gettop(L)-1,1);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* gets the swig class registry (or creates it) */
+SWIGINTERN void SWIG_Lua_get_class_registry(lua_State* L)
+{
+ /* add this all into the swig registry: */
+ lua_pushstring(L,"SWIG");
+ lua_rawget(L,LUA_REGISTRYINDEX); /* get the registry */
+ if (!lua_istable(L,-1)) /* not there */
+ { /* must be first time, so add it */
+ lua_pop(L,1); /* remove the result */
+ lua_pushstring(L,"SWIG");
+ lua_newtable(L);
+ lua_rawset(L,LUA_REGISTRYINDEX);
+ /* then get it */
+ lua_pushstring(L,"SWIG");
+ lua_rawget(L,LUA_REGISTRYINDEX);
+ }
+}
+
+/* helper fn to get the classes metatable from the register */
+SWIGINTERN void SWIG_Lua_get_class_metatable(lua_State* L,const char* cname)
+{
+ SWIG_Lua_get_class_registry(L); /* get the registry */
+ lua_pushstring(L,cname); /* get the name */
+ lua_rawget(L,-2); /* get it */
+ lua_remove(L,-2); /* tidy up (remove registry) */
+}
+
+/* helper add a variable to a registered class */
+SWIGINTERN void SWIG_Lua_add_class_variable(lua_State* L,const char* name,lua_CFunction getFn,lua_CFunction setFn)
+{
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-1)); /* just in case */
+ SWIG_Lua_get_table(L,".get"); /* find the .get table */
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-1)); /* just in case */
+ SWIG_Lua_add_function(L,name,getFn);
+ lua_pop(L,1); /* tidy stack (remove table) */
+ if (setFn)
+ {
+ SWIG_Lua_get_table(L,".set"); /* find the .set table */
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-1)); /* just in case */
+ SWIG_Lua_add_function(L,name,setFn);
+ lua_pop(L,1); /* tidy stack (remove table) */
+ }
+}
+
+/* helper to recursively add class static details (static attributes, operations and constants) */
+SWIGINTERN void SWIG_Lua_add_class_static_details(lua_State* L, swig_lua_class* clss)
+{
+ int i = 0;
+ /* The class namespace table must be on the top of the stack */
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-1));
+ /* call all the base classes first: we can then override these later: */
+ for(i=0;clss->bases[i];i++)
+ {
+ SWIG_Lua_add_class_static_details(L,clss->bases[i]);
+ }
+
+ SWIG_Lua_add_namespace_details(L, &clss->cls_static);
+}
+
+/* helper to recursively add class details (attributes & operations) */
+SWIGINTERN void SWIG_Lua_add_class_details(lua_State* L,swig_lua_class* clss)
+{
+ int i;
+ /* call all the base classes first: we can then override these later: */
+ for(i=0;clss->bases[i];i++)
+ {
+ SWIG_Lua_add_class_details(L,clss->bases[i]);
+ }
+ /* add fns */
+ for(i=0;clss->attributes[i].name;i++){
+ SWIG_Lua_add_class_variable(L,clss->attributes[i].name,clss->attributes[i].getmethod,clss->attributes[i].setmethod);
+ }
+ /* add methods to the metatable */
+ SWIG_Lua_get_table(L,".fn"); /* find the .fn table */
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-1)); /* just in case */
+ for(i=0;clss->methods[i].name;i++){
+ SWIG_Lua_add_function(L,clss->methods[i].name,clss->methods[i].method);
+ }
+ lua_pop(L,1); /* tidy stack (remove table) */
+ /* add operator overloads
+ these look ANY method which start with "__" and assume they
+ are operator overloads & add them to the metatable
+ (this might mess up is someone defines a method __gc (the destructor)*/
+ for(i=0;clss->methods[i].name;i++){
+ if (clss->methods[i].name[0]=='_' && clss->methods[i].name[1]=='_'){
+ SWIG_Lua_add_function(L,clss->methods[i].name,clss->methods[i].method);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* set up the base classes pointers.
+Each class structure has a list of pointers to the base class structures.
+This function fills them.
+It cannot be done at compile time, as this will not work with hireachies
+spread over more than one swig file.
+Therefore it must be done at runtime, querying the SWIG type system.
+*/
+SWIGINTERN void SWIG_Lua_init_base_class(lua_State* L,swig_lua_class* clss)
+{
+ int i=0;
+ swig_module_info* module=SWIG_GetModule(L);
+ for(i=0;clss->base_names[i];i++)
+ {
+ if (clss->bases[i]==0) /* not found yet */
+ {
+ /* lookup and cache the base class */
+ swig_type_info *info = SWIG_TypeQueryModule(module,module,clss->base_names[i]);
+ if (info) clss->bases[i] = (swig_lua_class *) info->clientdata;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Register class static methods,attributes etc as well as constructor proxy */
+SWIGINTERN void SWIG_Lua_class_register_static(lua_State* L, swig_lua_class* clss)
+{
+ lua_checkstack(L,5); /* just in case */
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-1)); /* just in case */
+ assert(strcmp(clss->name, clss->cls_static.name) == 0); /* in class those 2 must be equal */
+
+ SWIG_Lua_namespace_register(L,&clss->cls_static);
+
+ SWIG_Lua_get_table(L,clss->name); // Get namespace table back
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-1)); /* just in case */
+
+ /* add its constructor to module with the name of the class
+ so you can do MyClass(...) as well as new_MyClass(...)
+ BUT only if a constructor is defined
+ (this overcomes the problem of pure virtual classes without constructors)*/
+ if (clss->constructor)
+ {
+ SWIG_Lua_add_function(L,".constructor", clss->constructor);
+ lua_getmetatable(L,-1);
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-1)); /* just in case */
+ SWIG_Lua_add_function(L,"__call", SWIG_Lua_constructor_proxy);
+ lua_pop(L,1);
+ }
+
+ assert(lua_istable(L,-1)); /* just in case */
+ SWIG_Lua_add_class_static_details(L, clss);
+
+ /* clear stack */
+ lua_pop(L,1);
+}
+
+/* performs the entire class registration process */
+SWIGINTERN void SWIG_Lua_class_register(lua_State* L,swig_lua_class* clss)
+{
+ SWIG_Lua_class_register_static(L,clss);
+
+ SWIG_Lua_get_class_registry(L); /* get the registry */
+ lua_pushstring(L,clss->name); /* get the name */
+ lua_newtable(L); /* create the metatable */
+ /* add string of class name called ".type" */
+ lua_pushstring(L,".type");
+ lua_pushstring(L,clss->name);
+ lua_rawset(L,-3);
+ /* add a table called ".get" */
+ lua_pushstring(L,".get");
+ lua_newtable(L);
+ lua_rawset(L,-3);
+ /* add a table called ".set" */
+ lua_pushstring(L,".set");
+ lua_newtable(L);
+ lua_rawset(L,-3);
+ /* add a table called ".fn" */
+ lua_pushstring(L,".fn");
+ lua_newtable(L);
+ /* add manual disown method */
+ SWIG_Lua_add_function(L,"__disown",SWIG_Lua_class_disown);
+ lua_rawset(L,-3);
+ /* add accessor fns for using the .get,.set&.fn */
+ SWIG_Lua_add_function(L,"__index",SWIG_Lua_class_get);
+ SWIG_Lua_add_function(L,"__newindex",SWIG_Lua_class_set);
+ SWIG_Lua_add_function(L,"__gc",SWIG_Lua_class_destruct);
+ /* add tostring method for better output */
+ SWIG_Lua_add_function(L,"__tostring",SWIG_Lua_class_tostring);
+ /* add it */
+ lua_rawset(L,-3); /* metatable into registry */
+ lua_pop(L,1); /* tidy stack (remove registry) */
+
+ SWIG_Lua_get_class_metatable(L,clss->name);
+ SWIG_Lua_add_class_details(L,clss); /* recursive adding of details (atts & ops) */
+ lua_pop(L,1); /* tidy stack (remove class metatable) */
+}
+
+/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Class/structure conversion fns
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* helper to add metatable to new lua object */
+SWIGINTERN void _SWIG_Lua_AddMetatable(lua_State* L,swig_type_info *type)
+{
+ if (type->clientdata) /* there is clientdata: so add the metatable */
+ {
+ SWIG_Lua_get_class_metatable(L,((swig_lua_class*)(type->clientdata))->name);
+ if (lua_istable(L,-1))
+ {
+ lua_setmetatable(L,-2);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ lua_pop(L,1);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* pushes a new object into the lua stack */
+SWIGRUNTIME void SWIG_Lua_NewPointerObj(lua_State* L,void* ptr,swig_type_info *type, int own)
+{
+ swig_lua_userdata* usr;
+ if (!ptr){
+ lua_pushnil(L);
+ return;
+ }
+ usr=(swig_lua_userdata*)lua_newuserdata(L,sizeof(swig_lua_userdata)); /* get data */
+ usr->ptr=ptr; /* set the ptr */
+ usr->type=type;
+ usr->own=own;
+#if (SWIG_LUA_TARGET != SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUAC)
+ _SWIG_Lua_AddMetatable(L,type); /* add metatable */
+#endif
+}
+
+/* takes a object from the lua stack & converts it into an object of the correct type
+ (if possible) */
+SWIGRUNTIME int SWIG_Lua_ConvertPtr(lua_State* L,int index,void** ptr,swig_type_info *type,int flags)
+{
+ swig_lua_userdata* usr;
+ swig_cast_info *cast;
+ if (lua_isnil(L,index)){*ptr=0; return SWIG_OK;} /* special case: lua nil => NULL pointer */
+ usr=(swig_lua_userdata*)lua_touserdata(L,index); /* get data */
+ if (usr)
+ {
+ if (flags & SWIG_POINTER_DISOWN) /* must disown the object */
+ {
+ usr->own=0;
+ }
+ if (!type) /* special cast void*, no casting fn */
+ {
+ *ptr=usr->ptr;
+ return SWIG_OK; /* ok */
+ }
+ cast=SWIG_TypeCheckStruct(usr->type,type); /* performs normal type checking */
+ if (cast)
+ {
+ int newmemory = 0;
+ *ptr=SWIG_TypeCast(cast,usr->ptr,&newmemory);
+ assert(!newmemory); /* newmemory handling not yet implemented */
+ return SWIG_OK; /* ok */
+ }
+ }
+ return SWIG_ERROR; /* error */
+}
+
+SWIGRUNTIME void* SWIG_Lua_MustGetPtr(lua_State* L,int index,swig_type_info *type,int flags,
+ int argnum,const char* func_name){
+ void* result;
+ if (!SWIG_IsOK(SWIG_ConvertPtr(L,index,&result,type,flags))){
+ luaL_error (L,"Error in %s, expected a %s at argument number %d\n",
+ func_name,(type && type->str)?type->str:"void*",argnum);
+ }
+ return result;
+}
+
+/* pushes a packed userdata. user for member fn pointers only */
+SWIGRUNTIME void SWIG_Lua_NewPackedObj(lua_State* L,void* ptr,size_t size,swig_type_info *type)
+{
+ swig_lua_rawdata* raw;
+ assert(ptr); /* not acceptable to pass in a NULL value */
+ raw=(swig_lua_rawdata*)lua_newuserdata(L,sizeof(swig_lua_rawdata)-1+size); /* alloc data */
+ raw->type=type;
+ raw->own=0;
+ memcpy(raw->data,ptr,size); /* copy the data */
+ _SWIG_Lua_AddMetatable(L,type); /* add metatable */
+}
+
+/* converts a packed userdata. user for member fn pointers only */
+SWIGRUNTIME int SWIG_Lua_ConvertPacked(lua_State* L,int index,void* ptr,size_t size,swig_type_info *type)
+{
+ swig_lua_rawdata* raw;
+ raw=(swig_lua_rawdata*)lua_touserdata(L,index); /* get data */
+ if (!raw) return SWIG_ERROR; /* error */
+ if (type==0 || type==raw->type) /* void* or identical type */
+ {
+ memcpy(ptr,raw->data,size); /* copy it */
+ return SWIG_OK; /* ok */
+ }
+ return SWIG_ERROR; /* error */
+}
+
+/* a function to get the typestring of a piece of data */
+SWIGRUNTIME const char *SWIG_Lua_typename(lua_State *L, int tp)
+{
+ swig_lua_userdata* usr;
+ if (lua_isuserdata(L,tp))
+ {
+ usr=(swig_lua_userdata*)lua_touserdata(L,tp); /* get data */
+ if (usr && usr->type && usr->type->str)
+ return usr->type->str;
+ return "userdata (unknown type)";
+ }
+ return lua_typename(L,lua_type(L,tp));
+}
+
+/* lua callable function to get the userdata's type */
+SWIGRUNTIME int SWIG_Lua_type(lua_State* L)
+{
+ lua_pushstring(L,SWIG_Lua_typename(L,1));
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* lua callable function to compare userdata's value
+the issue is that two userdata may point to the same thing
+but to lua, they are different objects */
+SWIGRUNTIME int SWIG_Lua_equal(lua_State* L)
+{
+ int result;
+ swig_lua_userdata *usr1,*usr2;
+ if (!lua_isuserdata(L,1) || !lua_isuserdata(L,2)) /* just in case */
+ return 0; /* nil reply */
+ usr1=(swig_lua_userdata*)lua_touserdata(L,1); /* get data */
+ usr2=(swig_lua_userdata*)lua_touserdata(L,2); /* get data */
+ /*result=(usr1->ptr==usr2->ptr && usr1->type==usr2->type); only works if type is the same*/
+ result=(usr1->ptr==usr2->ptr);
+ lua_pushboolean(L,result);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * global variable support code: class/struct typemap functions
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+#if ((SWIG_LUA_TARGET != SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUA) && (SWIG_LUA_TARGET != SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUAC))
+/* Install Constants */
+SWIGINTERN void
+SWIG_Lua_InstallConstants(lua_State* L, swig_lua_const_info constants[]) {
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; constants[i].type; i++) {
+ switch(constants[i].type) {
+ case SWIG_LUA_INT:
+ lua_pushstring(L,constants[i].name);
+ lua_pushnumber(L,(lua_Number)constants[i].lvalue);
+ lua_rawset(L,-3);
+ break;
+ case SWIG_LUA_FLOAT:
+ lua_pushstring(L,constants[i].name);
+ lua_pushnumber(L,(lua_Number)constants[i].dvalue);
+ lua_rawset(L,-3);
+ break;
+ case SWIG_LUA_CHAR:
+ lua_pushstring(L,constants[i].name);
+ lua_pushfstring(L,"%c",(char)constants[i].lvalue);
+ lua_rawset(L,-3);
+ break;
+ case SWIG_LUA_STRING:
+ lua_pushstring(L,constants[i].name);
+ lua_pushstring(L,(char *) constants[i].pvalue);
+ lua_rawset(L,-3);
+ break;
+ case SWIG_LUA_POINTER:
+ lua_pushstring(L,constants[i].name);
+ SWIG_NewPointerObj(L,constants[i].pvalue, *(constants[i]).ptype,0);
+ lua_rawset(L,-3);
+ break;
+ case SWIG_LUA_BINARY:
+ lua_pushstring(L,constants[i].name);
+ SWIG_NewMemberObj(L,constants[i].pvalue,constants[i].lvalue,*(constants[i]).ptype);
+ lua_rawset(L,-3);
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * executing lua code from within the wrapper
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+#ifndef SWIG_DOSTRING_FAIL /* Allows redefining of error function */
+#define SWIG_DOSTRING_FAIL(S) fprintf(stderr,"%s\n",S)
+#endif
+/* Executes a C string in Lua which is a really simple way of calling lua from C
+Unfortunately lua keeps changing its APIs, so we need a conditional compile
+In lua 5.0.X its lua_dostring()
+In lua 5.1.X its luaL_dostring()
+*/
+SWIGINTERN int
+SWIG_Lua_dostring(lua_State *L, const char* str) {
+ int ok,top;
+ if (str==0 || str[0]==0) return 0; /* nothing to do */
+ top=lua_gettop(L); /* save stack */
+#if (defined(LUA_VERSION_NUM) && (LUA_VERSION_NUM>=501))
+ ok=luaL_dostring(L,str); /* looks like this is lua 5.1.X or later, good */
+#else
+ ok=lua_dostring(L,str); /* might be lua 5.0.x, using lua_dostring */
+#endif
+ if (ok!=0) {
+ SWIG_DOSTRING_FAIL(lua_tostring(L,-1));
+ }
+ lua_settop(L,top); /* restore the stack */
+ return ok;
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/* ------------------------------ end luarun.swg ------------------------------ */
+
+
+/* -------- TYPES TABLE (BEGIN) -------- */
+
+#define SWIGTYPE_p_UIControl swig_types[0]
+static swig_type_info *swig_types[2];
+static swig_module_info swig_module = {swig_types, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0};
+#define SWIG_TypeQuery(name) SWIG_TypeQueryModule(&swig_module, &swig_module, name)
+#define SWIG_MangledTypeQuery(name) SWIG_MangledTypeQueryModule(&swig_module, &swig_module, name)
+
+/* -------- TYPES TABLE (END) -------- */
+
+#define SWIG_name "UIControl"
+#define SWIG_init luaopen_UIControl
+#define SWIG_init_user luaopen_UIControl_user
+
+#define SWIG_LUACODE luaopen_UIControl_luacode
+
+namespace swig {
+typedef struct{} LANGUAGE_OBJ;
+}
+
+
+#include "UIControl.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+static int _wrap_UIControl_Show(lua_State* L) {
+ int SWIG_arg = 0;
+ UIControl *arg1 = (UIControl *) 0 ;
+
+ SWIG_check_num_args("UIControl::Show",1,1)
+ if(!SWIG_isptrtype(L,1)) SWIG_fail_arg("UIControl::Show",1,"UIControl *");
+
+ if (!SWIG_IsOK(SWIG_ConvertPtr(L,1,(void**)&arg1,SWIGTYPE_p_UIControl,0))){
+ SWIG_fail_ptr("UIControl_Show",1,SWIGTYPE_p_UIControl);
+ }
+
+ (arg1)->Show();
+
+ return SWIG_arg;
+
+ if(0) SWIG_fail;
+
+fail:
+ lua_error(L);
+ return SWIG_arg;
+}
+
+
+static int _wrap_UIControl_Focused(lua_State* L) {
+ int SWIG_arg = 0;
+ UIControl *arg1 = (UIControl *) 0 ;
+ bool result;
+
+ SWIG_check_num_args("UIControl::Focused",1,1)
+ if(!SWIG_isptrtype(L,1)) SWIG_fail_arg("UIControl::Focused",1,"UIControl *");
+
+ if (!SWIG_IsOK(SWIG_ConvertPtr(L,1,(void**)&arg1,SWIGTYPE_p_UIControl,0))){
+ SWIG_fail_ptr("UIControl_Focused",1,SWIGTYPE_p_UIControl);
+ }
+
+ result = (bool)(arg1)->Focused();
+ lua_pushboolean(L,(int)(result!=0)); SWIG_arg++;
+ return SWIG_arg;
+
+ if(0) SWIG_fail;
+
+fail:
+ lua_error(L);
+ return SWIG_arg;
+}
+
+
+static int _wrap_UIControl_OnKey(lua_State* L) {
+ int SWIG_arg = 0;
+ UIControl *arg1 = (UIControl *) 0 ;
+ int arg2 ;
+ bool result;
+
+ SWIG_check_num_args("UIControl::OnKey",2,2)
+ if(!SWIG_isptrtype(L,1)) SWIG_fail_arg("UIControl::OnKey",1,"UIControl *");
+ if(!lua_isnumber(L,2)) SWIG_fail_arg("UIControl::OnKey",2,"int");
+
+ if (!SWIG_IsOK(SWIG_ConvertPtr(L,1,(void**)&arg1,SWIGTYPE_p_UIControl,0))){
+ SWIG_fail_ptr("UIControl_OnKey",1,SWIGTYPE_p_UIControl);
+ }
+
+ arg2 = (int)lua_tonumber(L, 2);
+ result = (bool)(arg1)->OnKey(arg2);
+ lua_pushboolean(L,(int)(result!=0)); SWIG_arg++;
+ return SWIG_arg;
+
+ if(0) SWIG_fail;
+
+fail:
+ lua_error(L);
+ return SWIG_arg;
+}
+
+
+static int _wrap_UIControl_OnMouseLeftClick(lua_State* L) {
+ int SWIG_arg = 0;
+ UIControl *arg1 = (UIControl *) 0 ;
+ int arg2 ;
+ int arg3 ;
+ bool result;
+
+ SWIG_check_num_args("UIControl::OnMouseLeftClick",3,3)
+ if(!SWIG_isptrtype(L,1)) SWIG_fail_arg("UIControl::OnMouseLeftClick",1,"UIControl *");
+ if(!lua_isnumber(L,2)) SWIG_fail_arg("UIControl::OnMouseLeftClick",2,"int");
+ if(!lua_isnumber(L,3)) SWIG_fail_arg("UIControl::OnMouseLeftClick",3,"int");
+
+ if (!SWIG_IsOK(SWIG_ConvertPtr(L,1,(void**)&arg1,SWIGTYPE_p_UIControl,0))){
+ SWIG_fail_ptr("UIControl_OnMouseLeftClick",1,SWIGTYPE_p_UIControl);
+ }
+
+ arg2 = (int)lua_tonumber(L, 2);
+ arg3 = (int)lua_tonumber(L, 3);
+ result = (bool)(arg1)->OnMouseLeftClick(arg2,arg3);
+ lua_pushboolean(L,(int)(result!=0)); SWIG_arg++;
+ return SWIG_arg;
+
+ if(0) SWIG_fail;
+
+fail:
+ lua_error(L);
+ return SWIG_arg;
+}
+
+
+static int _wrap_UIControl_OnMouseRightClick(lua_State* L) {
+ int SWIG_arg = 0;
+ UIControl *arg1 = (UIControl *) 0 ;
+ int arg2 ;
+ int arg3 ;
+ bool result;
+
+ SWIG_check_num_args("UIControl::OnMouseRightClick",3,3)
+ if(!SWIG_isptrtype(L,1)) SWIG_fail_arg("UIControl::OnMouseRightClick",1,"UIControl *");
+ if(!lua_isnumber(L,2)) SWIG_fail_arg("UIControl::OnMouseRightClick",2,"int");
+ if(!lua_isnumber(L,3)) SWIG_fail_arg("UIControl::OnMouseRightClick",3,"int");
+
+ if (!SWIG_IsOK(SWIG_ConvertPtr(L,1,(void**)&arg1,SWIGTYPE_p_UIControl,0))){
+ SWIG_fail_ptr("UIControl_OnMouseRightClick",1,SWIGTYPE_p_UIControl);
+ }
+
+ arg2 = (int)lua_tonumber(L, 2);
+ arg3 = (int)lua_tonumber(L, 3);
+ result = (bool)(arg1)->OnMouseRightClick(arg2,arg3);
+ lua_pushboolean(L,(int)(result!=0)); SWIG_arg++;
+ return SWIG_arg;
+
+ if(0) SWIG_fail;
+
+fail:
+ lua_error(L);
+ return SWIG_arg;
+}
+
+
+static int _wrap_UIControl_OnMouseEnter(lua_State* L) {
+ int SWIG_arg = 0;
+ UIControl *arg1 = (UIControl *) 0 ;
+ bool result;
+
+ SWIG_check_num_args("UIControl::OnMouseEnter",1,1)
+ if(!SWIG_isptrtype(L,1)) SWIG_fail_arg("UIControl::OnMouseEnter",1,"UIControl *");
+
+ if (!SWIG_IsOK(SWIG_ConvertPtr(L,1,(void**)&arg1,SWIGTYPE_p_UIControl,0))){
+ SWIG_fail_ptr("UIControl_OnMouseEnter",1,SWIGTYPE_p_UIControl);
+ }
+
+ result = (bool)(arg1)->OnMouseEnter();
+ lua_pushboolean(L,(int)(result!=0)); SWIG_arg++;
+ return SWIG_arg;
+
+ if(0) SWIG_fail;
+
+fail:
+ lua_error(L);
+ return SWIG_arg;
+}
+
+
+static int _wrap_UIControl_OnMouseLeave(lua_State* L) {
+ int SWIG_arg = 0;
+ UIControl *arg1 = (UIControl *) 0 ;
+ bool result;
+
+ SWIG_check_num_args("UIControl::OnMouseLeave",1,1)
+ if(!SWIG_isptrtype(L,1)) SWIG_fail_arg("UIControl::OnMouseLeave",1,"UIControl *");
+
+ if (!SWIG_IsOK(SWIG_ConvertPtr(L,1,(void**)&arg1,SWIGTYPE_p_UIControl,0))){
+ SWIG_fail_ptr("UIControl_OnMouseLeave",1,SWIGTYPE_p_UIControl);
+ }
+
+ result = (bool)(arg1)->OnMouseLeave();
+ lua_pushboolean(L,(int)(result!=0)); SWIG_arg++;
+ return SWIG_arg;
+
+ if(0) SWIG_fail;
+
+fail:
+ lua_error(L);
+ return SWIG_arg;
+}
+
+
+static int _wrap_UIControl_AddControl(lua_State* L) {
+ int SWIG_arg = 0;
+ UIControl *arg1 = (UIControl *) 0 ;
+ UIControl *arg2 = (UIControl *) 0 ;
+ bool result;
+
+ SWIG_check_num_args("UIControl::AddControl",2,2)
+ if(!SWIG_isptrtype(L,1)) SWIG_fail_arg("UIControl::AddControl",1,"UIControl *");
+ if(!SWIG_isptrtype(L,2)) SWIG_fail_arg("UIControl::AddControl",2,"UIControl *");
+
+ if (!SWIG_IsOK(SWIG_ConvertPtr(L,1,(void**)&arg1,SWIGTYPE_p_UIControl,0))){
+ SWIG_fail_ptr("UIControl_AddControl",1,SWIGTYPE_p_UIControl);
+ }
+
+
+ if (!SWIG_IsOK(SWIG_ConvertPtr(L,2,(void**)&arg2,SWIGTYPE_p_UIControl,0))){
+ SWIG_fail_ptr("UIControl_AddControl",2,SWIGTYPE_p_UIControl);
+ }
+
+ result = (bool)(arg1)->AddControl(arg2);
+ lua_pushboolean(L,(int)(result!=0)); SWIG_arg++;
+ return SWIG_arg;
+
+ if(0) SWIG_fail;
+
+fail:
+ lua_error(L);
+ return SWIG_arg;
+}
+
+
+static int _wrap_UIControl_RemoveControl(lua_State* L) {
+ int SWIG_arg = 0;
+ UIControl *arg1 = (UIControl *) 0 ;
+ UIControl *arg2 = (UIControl *) 0 ;
+ bool result;
+
+ SWIG_check_num_args("UIControl::RemoveControl",2,2)
+ if(!SWIG_isptrtype(L,1)) SWIG_fail_arg("UIControl::RemoveControl",1,"UIControl *");
+ if(!SWIG_isptrtype(L,2)) SWIG_fail_arg("UIControl::RemoveControl",2,"UIControl *");
+
+ if (!SWIG_IsOK(SWIG_ConvertPtr(L,1,(void**)&arg1,SWIGTYPE_p_UIControl,0))){
+ SWIG_fail_ptr("UIControl_RemoveControl",1,SWIGTYPE_p_UIControl);
+ }
+
+
+ if (!SWIG_IsOK(SWIG_ConvertPtr(L,2,(void**)&arg2,SWIGTYPE_p_UIControl,0))){
+ SWIG_fail_ptr("UIControl_RemoveControl",2,SWIGTYPE_p_UIControl);
+ }
+
+ result = (bool)(arg1)->RemoveControl(arg2);
+ lua_pushboolean(L,(int)(result!=0)); SWIG_arg++;
+ return SWIG_arg;
+
+ if(0) SWIG_fail;
+
+fail:
+ lua_error(L);
+ return SWIG_arg;
+}
+
+
+static void swig_delete_UIControl(void *obj) {
+UIControl *arg1 = (UIControl *) obj;
+delete arg1;
+}
+static swig_lua_method swig_UIControl_methods[] = {
+ {"Show", _wrap_UIControl_Show},
+ {"Focused", _wrap_UIControl_Focused},
+ {"OnKey", _wrap_UIControl_OnKey},
+ {"OnMouseLeftClick", _wrap_UIControl_OnMouseLeftClick},
+ {"OnMouseRightClick", _wrap_UIControl_OnMouseRightClick},
+ {"OnMouseEnter", _wrap_UIControl_OnMouseEnter},
+ {"OnMouseLeave", _wrap_UIControl_OnMouseLeave},
+ {"AddControl", _wrap_UIControl_AddControl},
+ {"RemoveControl", _wrap_UIControl_RemoveControl},
+ {0,0}
+};
+static swig_lua_attribute swig_UIControl_attributes[] = {
+ {0,0,0}
+};
+static swig_lua_attribute swig_UIControl_cls_attributes[] = {
+ {0,0,0}
+};
+static swig_lua_method swig_UIControl_cls_methods[] = {
+ {0,0}
+};
+static swig_lua_const_info swig_UIControl_cls_constants[] = {
+ {0,0,0,0,0,0}
+};
+static swig_lua_class *swig_UIControl_bases[] = {0};
+static const char *swig_UIControl_base_names[] = {0};
+static swig_lua_class _wrap_class_UIControl = { "UIControl", &SWIGTYPE_p_UIControl,0, swig_delete_UIControl, swig_UIControl_methods, swig_UIControl_attributes, { "UIControl", swig_UIControl_cls_methods, swig_UIControl_cls_attributes, swig_UIControl_cls_constants }, swig_UIControl_bases, swig_UIControl_base_names };
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+static const struct luaL_Reg swig_commands[] = {
+ {0,0}
+};
+
+static swig_lua_var_info swig_variables[] = {
+ {0,0,0}
+};
+
+static swig_lua_const_info swig_constants[] = {
+ {0,0,0,0,0,0}
+};
+
+/* -------- TYPE CONVERSION AND EQUIVALENCE RULES (BEGIN) -------- */
+
+static swig_type_info _swigt__p_UIControl = {"_p_UIControl", "UIControl *", 0, 0, (void*)&_wrap_class_UIControl, 0};
+
+static swig_type_info *swig_type_initial[] = {
+ &_swigt__p_UIControl,
+};
+
+static swig_cast_info _swigc__p_UIControl[] = { {&_swigt__p_UIControl, 0, 0, 0},{0, 0, 0, 0}};
+
+static swig_cast_info *swig_cast_initial[] = {
+ _swigc__p_UIControl,
+};
+
+
+/* -------- TYPE CONVERSION AND EQUIVALENCE RULES (END) -------- */
+
+/* -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Type initialization:
+ * This problem is tough by the requirement that no dynamic
+ * memory is used. Also, since swig_type_info structures store pointers to
+ * swig_cast_info structures and swig_cast_info structures store pointers back
+ * to swig_type_info structures, we need some lookup code at initialization.
+ * The idea is that swig generates all the structures that are needed.
+ * The runtime then collects these partially filled structures.
+ * The SWIG_InitializeModule function takes these initial arrays out of
+ * swig_module, and does all the lookup, filling in the swig_module.types
+ * array with the correct data and linking the correct swig_cast_info
+ * structures together.
+ *
+ * The generated swig_type_info structures are assigned staticly to an initial
+ * array. We just loop through that array, and handle each type individually.
+ * First we lookup if this type has been already loaded, and if so, use the
+ * loaded structure instead of the generated one. Then we have to fill in the
+ * cast linked list. The cast data is initially stored in something like a
+ * two-dimensional array. Each row corresponds to a type (there are the same
+ * number of rows as there are in the swig_type_initial array). Each entry in
+ * a column is one of the swig_cast_info structures for that type.
+ * The cast_initial array is actually an array of arrays, because each row has
+ * a variable number of columns. So to actually build the cast linked list,
+ * we find the array of casts associated with the type, and loop through it
+ * adding the casts to the list. The one last trick we need to do is making
+ * sure the type pointer in the swig_cast_info struct is correct.
+ *
+ * First off, we lookup the cast->type name to see if it is already loaded.
+ * There are three cases to handle:
+ * 1) If the cast->type has already been loaded AND the type we are adding
+ * casting info to has not been loaded (it is in this module), THEN we
+ * replace the cast->type pointer with the type pointer that has already
+ * been loaded.
+ * 2) If BOTH types (the one we are adding casting info to, and the
+ * cast->type) are loaded, THEN the cast info has already been loaded by
+ * the previous module so we just ignore it.
+ * 3) Finally, if cast->type has not already been loaded, then we add that
+ * swig_cast_info to the linked list (because the cast->type) pointer will
+ * be correct.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#if 0
+} /* c-mode */
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+#define SWIGRUNTIME_DEBUG
+#endif
+
+
+SWIGRUNTIME void
+SWIG_InitializeModule(void *clientdata) {
+ size_t i;
+ swig_module_info *module_head, *iter;
+ int found, init;
+
+ /* check to see if the circular list has been setup, if not, set it up */
+ if (swig_module.next==0) {
+ /* Initialize the swig_module */
+ swig_module.type_initial = swig_type_initial;
+ swig_module.cast_initial = swig_cast_initial;
+ swig_module.next = &swig_module;
+ init = 1;
+ } else {
+ init = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Try and load any already created modules */
+ module_head = SWIG_GetModule(clientdata);
+ if (!module_head) {
+ /* This is the first module loaded for this interpreter */
+ /* so set the swig module into the interpreter */
+ SWIG_SetModule(clientdata, &swig_module);
+ module_head = &swig_module;
+ } else {
+ /* the interpreter has loaded a SWIG module, but has it loaded this one? */
+ found=0;
+ iter=module_head;
+ do {
+ if (iter==&swig_module) {
+ found=1;
+ break;
+ }
+ iter=iter->next;
+ } while (iter!= module_head);
+
+ /* if the is found in the list, then all is done and we may leave */
+ if (found) return;
+ /* otherwise we must add out module into the list */
+ swig_module.next = module_head->next;
+ module_head->next = &swig_module;
+ }
+
+ /* When multiple interpreters are used, a module could have already been initialized in
+ a different interpreter, but not yet have a pointer in this interpreter.
+ In this case, we do not want to continue adding types... everything should be
+ set up already */
+ if (init == 0) return;
+
+ /* Now work on filling in swig_module.types */
+#ifdef SWIGRUNTIME_DEBUG
+ printf("SWIG_InitializeModule: size %d\n", swig_module.size);
+#endif
+ for (i = 0; i < swig_module.size; ++i) {
+ swig_type_info *type = 0;
+ swig_type_info *ret;
+ swig_cast_info *cast;
+
+#ifdef SWIGRUNTIME_DEBUG
+ printf("SWIG_InitializeModule: type %d %s\n", i, swig_module.type_initial[i]->name);
+#endif
+
+ /* if there is another module already loaded */
+ if (swig_module.next != &swig_module) {
+ type = SWIG_MangledTypeQueryModule(swig_module.next, &swig_module, swig_module.type_initial[i]->name);
+ }
+ if (type) {
+ /* Overwrite clientdata field */
+#ifdef SWIGRUNTIME_DEBUG
+ printf("SWIG_InitializeModule: found type %s\n", type->name);
+#endif
+ if (swig_module.type_initial[i]->clientdata) {
+ type->clientdata = swig_module.type_initial[i]->clientdata;
+#ifdef SWIGRUNTIME_DEBUG
+ printf("SWIG_InitializeModule: found and overwrite type %s \n", type->name);
+#endif
+ }
+ } else {
+ type = swig_module.type_initial[i];
+ }
+
+ /* Insert casting types */
+ cast = swig_module.cast_initial[i];
+ while (cast->type) {
+
+ /* Don't need to add information already in the list */
+ ret = 0;
+#ifdef SWIGRUNTIME_DEBUG
+ printf("SWIG_InitializeModule: look cast %s\n", cast->type->name);
+#endif
+ if (swig_module.next != &swig_module) {
+ ret = SWIG_MangledTypeQueryModule(swig_module.next, &swig_module, cast->type->name);
+#ifdef SWIGRUNTIME_DEBUG
+ if (ret) printf("SWIG_InitializeModule: found cast %s\n", ret->name);
+#endif
+ }
+ if (ret) {
+ if (type == swig_module.type_initial[i]) {
+#ifdef SWIGRUNTIME_DEBUG
+ printf("SWIG_InitializeModule: skip old type %s\n", ret->name);
+#endif
+ cast->type = ret;
+ ret = 0;
+ } else {
+ /* Check for casting already in the list */
+ swig_cast_info *ocast = SWIG_TypeCheck(ret->name, type);
+#ifdef SWIGRUNTIME_DEBUG
+ if (ocast) printf("SWIG_InitializeModule: skip old cast %s\n", ret->name);
+#endif
+ if (!ocast) ret = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!ret) {
+#ifdef SWIGRUNTIME_DEBUG
+ printf("SWIG_InitializeModule: adding cast %s\n", cast->type->name);
+#endif
+ if (type->cast) {
+ type->cast->prev = cast;
+ cast->next = type->cast;
+ }
+ type->cast = cast;
+ }
+ cast++;
+ }
+ /* Set entry in modules->types array equal to the type */
+ swig_module.types[i] = type;
+ }
+ swig_module.types[i] = 0;
+
+#ifdef SWIGRUNTIME_DEBUG
+ printf("**** SWIG_InitializeModule: Cast List ******\n");
+ for (i = 0; i < swig_module.size; ++i) {
+ int j = 0;
+ swig_cast_info *cast = swig_module.cast_initial[i];
+ printf("SWIG_InitializeModule: type %d %s\n", i, swig_module.type_initial[i]->name);
+ while (cast->type) {
+ printf("SWIG_InitializeModule: cast type %s\n", cast->type->name);
+ cast++;
+ ++j;
+ }
+ printf("---- Total casts: %d\n",j);
+ }
+ printf("**** SWIG_InitializeModule: Cast List ******\n");
+#endif
+}
+
+/* This function will propagate the clientdata field of type to
+* any new swig_type_info structures that have been added into the list
+* of equivalent types. It is like calling
+* SWIG_TypeClientData(type, clientdata) a second time.
+*/
+SWIGRUNTIME void
+SWIG_PropagateClientData(void) {
+ size_t i;
+ swig_cast_info *equiv;
+ static int init_run = 0;
+
+ if (init_run) return;
+ init_run = 1;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < swig_module.size; i++) {
+ if (swig_module.types[i]->clientdata) {
+ equiv = swig_module.types[i]->cast;
+ while (equiv) {
+ if (!equiv->converter) {
+ if (equiv->type && !equiv->type->clientdata)
+ SWIG_TypeClientData(equiv->type, swig_module.types[i]->clientdata);
+ }
+ equiv = equiv->next;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#if 0
+{ /* c-mode */
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* Forward declaration of where the user's %init{} gets inserted */
+void SWIG_init_user(lua_State* L );
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+/* this is the initialization function
+ added at the very end of the code
+ the function is always called SWIG_init, but an earlier #define will rename it
+*/
+#if ((SWIG_LUA_TARGET == SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUA) || (SWIG_LUA_TARGET == SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUAC))
+LUALIB_API int SWIG_init(lua_State* L)
+#else
+SWIGEXPORT int SWIG_init(lua_State* L) /* default Lua action */
+#endif
+{
+#if (SWIG_LUA_TARGET != SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUAC) /* valid for both Lua and eLua */
+ int i;
+ /* start with global table */
+ lua_pushglobaltable (L);
+ /* SWIG's internal initalisation */
+ SWIG_InitializeModule((void*)L);
+ SWIG_PropagateClientData();
+#endif
+
+#if ((SWIG_LUA_TARGET != SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUA) && (SWIG_LUA_TARGET != SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUAC))
+ /* add a global fn */
+ SWIG_Lua_add_function(L,"swig_type",SWIG_Lua_type);
+ SWIG_Lua_add_function(L,"swig_equals",SWIG_Lua_equal);
+ /* begin the module (its a table with the same name as the module) */
+ SWIG_Lua_module_begin(L,SWIG_name);
+ /* add commands/functions */
+ for (i = 0; swig_commands[i].name; i++){
+ SWIG_Lua_module_add_function(L,swig_commands[i].name,swig_commands[i].func);
+ }
+ /* add variables */
+ for (i = 0; swig_variables[i].name; i++){
+ SWIG_Lua_module_add_variable(L,swig_variables[i].name,swig_variables[i].get,swig_variables[i].set);
+ }
+#endif
+
+#if (SWIG_LUA_TARGET != SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUAC)
+ /* set up base class pointers (the hierarchy) */
+ for (i = 0; swig_types[i]; i++){
+ if (swig_types[i]->clientdata){
+ SWIG_Lua_init_base_class(L,(swig_lua_class*)(swig_types[i]->clientdata));
+ }
+ }
+ /* additional registration structs & classes in lua */
+ for (i = 0; swig_types[i]; i++){
+ if (swig_types[i]->clientdata){
+ SWIG_Lua_class_register(L,(swig_lua_class*)(swig_types[i]->clientdata));
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+#if ((SWIG_LUA_TARGET != SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUA) && (SWIG_LUA_TARGET != SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUAC))
+ /* constants */
+ SWIG_Lua_InstallConstants(L,swig_constants);
+#endif
+
+#if (SWIG_LUA_TARGET != SWIG_LUA_FLAVOR_ELUAC)
+ /* invoke user-specific initialization */
+ SWIG_init_user(L);
+ /* end module */
+ /* Note: We do not clean up the stack here (Lua will do this for us). At this
+ point, we have the globals table and out module table on the stack. Returning
+ one value makes the module table the result of the require command. */
+ return 1;
+#else
+ return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+const char* SWIG_LUACODE=
+ "";
+
+void SWIG_init_user(lua_State* L)
+{
+ /* exec Lua code if applicable */
+ SWIG_Lua_dostring(L,SWIG_LUACODE);
+}
+